en_tn/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	MAT	front	intro	sa9c			0		Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Matthew The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50) Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57) Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19) What is the book of Matthew about? The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Matthew? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What is the “kingdom of heaven?” Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever. What were Jesus’ teaching methods? The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew? The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions: “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44) “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13) “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21) “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11) “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16) “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14) Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	MAT	1	intro	y7kk			0		Matthew 01 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23. Special concepts in this chapter Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies. Important figures of speech in this chapter Use of the passive voice Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	MAT	1	1	ava1			0	General Information:	The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through Matthew 1:17.
5	MAT	1	1	y31w		βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ	You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”
6	MAT	1	1	vpg1		Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham	There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
7	MAT	1	1	tka3		υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	son of David	Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
8	MAT	1	2	ejp6		Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ	1	Abraham became the father of Isaac	“Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
9	MAT	1	2	mxm2	figs-ellipsis	Ἰσαὰκ…ἐγέννησεν…Ἰακὼβ…ἐγέννησεν	1	Isaac became the father…Jacob became the father	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father…Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10	MAT	1	3	g8y6	translate-names	Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ	1	Perez…Zerah…Hezron…Ram	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11	MAT	1	3	t7jg	figs-ellipsis	Φαρὲς…ἐγέννησεν…Ἑσρὼμ…ἐγέννησεν	1	Perez became the father…Hezron became the father	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father…Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12	MAT	1	4	fe3u	figs-ellipsis	Ἀμιναδὰβ…ἐγέννησεν…Ναασσὼν…ἐγέννησεν	1	Amminadab became the father…Nahshon became the father	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father…Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13	MAT	1	5	yr52		Σαλμὼν…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ	1	Salmon became the father of Boaz by Rahab	“Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz”
14	MAT	1	5	lj86	figs-ellipsis	Βόες…ἐγέννησεν…Ἰωβὴδ…ἐγέννησεν	1	Boaz became the father…Obed became the father	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father…Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
15	MAT	1	5	q5bd		Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ	1	Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth	“Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
16	MAT	1	6	r84m	figs-ellipsis	Δαυεὶδ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	David became the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah	Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
17	MAT	1	6	bp35		τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	the wife of Uriah	“the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
18	MAT	1	7	r881	figs-ellipsis	Ῥοβοὰμ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ	1	Rehoboam became the father of Abijah, Abijah became the father of Asa	The word “was” is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19	MAT	1	10	bh7r		τὸν Ἀμώς	1	Amon	Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”
20	MAT	1	11	dk1j		Ἰωσίας…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν	1	Josiah became the father of Jechoniah	A more specific term for “ancestor” can also be used, particularly if the word “ancestor” would only be used for someone who lived before one’s grandparents. Alternate translation: “Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah”
21	MAT	1	11	rj7p		ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	at the time of the deportation to Babylon	“when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon.” If your language needs to specify who went to Babylon, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.”
22	MAT	1	11	v2im		Βαβυλῶνος	1	Babylon	Here this means the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.
23	MAT	1	12	y7cx		μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	After the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.
24	MAT	1	12	tx6g		Σαλαθιὴλ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	Shealtiel became the father of Zerubbabel	Shealtiel was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.
25	MAT	1	15	lqk9			0	Connecting Statement:	The author concludes Jesus’ genealogy, which began in Matthew 1:1.
26	MAT	1	16	b3bm	figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	Mary, by whom Jesus was born	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27	MAT	1	16	z2rg	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	who is called Christ	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28	MAT	1	17	jzq4	translate-numbers	δεκατέσσαρες	1	fourteen	“14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
29	MAT	1	17	z5xw		τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.
30	MAT	1	18	gnl6			0	General Information:	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
31	MAT	1	18	cqt1	figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	His mother, Mary, was engaged to marry Joseph	“His mother, Mary, was going to marry Joseph.” Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary, the mother of Jesus, had promised her in marriage to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32	MAT	1	18	e4ur	figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας	1	His mother, Mary, was engaged	Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when Mary was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: “Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33	MAT	1	18	xvk1	figs-euphemism	πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	before they came together	“before they got married.” This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
34	MAT	1	18	in4a	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	she was found to be pregnant	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35	MAT	1	18	a71d		ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	by the Holy Spirit	The power of the Holy Spirit had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man.
36	MAT	1	19	j8eb	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ…ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς	1	Joseph, her husband	Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37	MAT	1	19	pu3p		ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	to divorce her	“cancel their plans to get married”
38	MAT	1	20	iip4		αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος	1	As he thought	“As Joseph thought”
39	MAT	1	20	fb7e		κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him in a dream	“came to him while Joseph was dreaming”
40	MAT	1	20	lc8r		υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	son of David	Here “son” means “descendant.”
41	MAT	1	20	va5e	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
42	MAT	1	21	j38f		τέξεται…υἱὸν	1	She will give birth to a son	Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
43	MAT	1	21	glq8		καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	you will call his name	“you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.
44	MAT	1	21	bf5z		αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει	1	for he will save	Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’”
45	MAT	1	21	em9q		τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his people	This refers to the Jews.
46	MAT	1	22	p47i	writing-background		0	General Information:	The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ birth was according to scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
47	MAT	1	22	p9la		τοῦτο…ὅλον γέγονεν	1	All this happened	The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
48	MAT	1	22	c1vw	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49	MAT	1	22	p39k	figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
50	MAT	1	23	q19h		ἰδοὺ…Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Behold…Immanuel	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
51	MAT	1	23	dw7z		ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος	1	Behold, the virgin	“Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin”
52	MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
53	MAT	1	23	lm6t		ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which means, “God with us.”	This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”
54	MAT	1	24	iue3			0	Connecting Statement:	The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
55	MAT	1	24	iz4r		ὡς προσέταξεν…ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	as the angel of the Lord commanded	The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
56	MAT	1	24	nr5e		παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	he took her as his wife	“he married Mary”
57	MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
58	MAT	1	25	dlm9		υἱόν	1	to a son	“to a male baby” or “to her son.” Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
59	MAT	1	25	jtz8		καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν	1	Then he called his name Jesus	“Joseph named the child Jesus”
60	MAT	2	intro	dz1c			0		Matthew 02 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “His star” These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Learned men” English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
61	MAT	2	1	j9yn			0	General Information:	A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
62	MAT	2	1	k518		Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Bethlehem of Judea	“the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
63	MAT	2	1	id55		ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως	1	in the days of Herod the king	“when Herod was king there”
64	MAT	2	1	kf5g		Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod	This refers to Herod the Great.
65	MAT	2	1	p6gc		μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	learned men from the east	“men from the east who studied the stars”
66	MAT	2	1	ft22		ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	from the east	“from a country far east of Judea”
67	MAT	2	2	v5t4		ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	Where is he who was born King of the Jews?	The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
68	MAT	2	2	zj7c		αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the star. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
69	MAT	2	2	a7y9		ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	in the east	“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
70	MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	Possible meanings are (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
71	MAT	2	3	p5rw		ἐταράχθη	1	he was troubled	“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
72	MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
73	MAT	2	4	ne4v			0	General Information:	In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
74	MAT	2	5	w68n		ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In Bethlehem of Judea	“In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
75	MAT	2	5	z2i4	figs-activepassive	οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	this is what was written by the prophet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
76	MAT	2	6	kmw7	figs-apostrophe	σύ Βηθλέεμ…οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	you, Bethlehem,…are not the least among the leaders of Judah	Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem,…your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
77	MAT	2	6	tg5d	figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	who will shepherd my people Israel	Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78	MAT	2	7	b487		Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους	1	Herod secretly called the learned men	This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.
79	MAT	2	7	tax3	figs-quotations	ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	to ask them exactly what time the star had appeared	This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
80	MAT	2	7	vng3	figs-explicit	τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	the exact time the star had appeare	It is implied that the learned men told him when the star appeared. Alternate translation: “what time the star had appeared. The learned men told Herod when the star first appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
81	MAT	2	8	v7y2		τοῦ παιδίου	1	young child	This refers to Jesus.
82	MAT	2	8	t4u1		ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι	1	tell me	“let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”
83	MAT	2	8	jtw7		προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	worship him	See how you translated this in Matthew 2:2.
84	MAT	2	9	h1zx		οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	After they had heard	“After the learned men”
85	MAT	2	9	wl4r		εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	they had seen in the east	“they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”
86	MAT	2	9	hy1i		προῆγεν αὐτούς	1	went before them	“guided them” or “led them”
87	MAT	2	9	jp2j		ἐστάθη ἐπάνω	1	stood still over	“stopped over”
88	MAT	2	9	w3v1		οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	where the young child was	“the place where the young child was staying”
89	MAT	2	11	pv3r			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
90	MAT	2	11	tu5s		ἐλθόντες	1	They went	“The learned men went”
91	MAT	2	11	d41d	translate-symaction	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1	They fell down and worshiped him	“They knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
92	MAT	2	11	r452	figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	their treasures	Here “treasures” refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
93	MAT	2	12	zyq6		χρηματισθέντες	1	God warned them	“Afterwards, God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.
94	MAT	2	12	dr1p	figs-quotations	κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	in a dream not to return to Herod, so	This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod,’ so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
95	MAT	2	13	brp5			0	General Information:	In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
96	MAT	2	13	iw8p		ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν	1	after they had departed	“the learned men had departed”
97	MAT	2	13	zwj5		φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ	1	appeared to Joseph in a dream	“came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
98	MAT	2	13	u4a4	figs-you	ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι	1	Get up, take…flee…Remain…you	God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
99	MAT	2	13	v88f	figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	until I tell you	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100	MAT	2	13	g3t7		εἴπω σοι	1	I tell you	Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
101	MAT	2	15	ft3a	figs-explicit	ἦν	1	He was	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	MAT	2	15	d11g		ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου	1	until the death of Herod	Herod does not die until Matthew 2:19. This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
103	MAT	2	15	d5wl		ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	Out of Egypt I have called my son	“I have called my son out of Egypt”
104	MAT	2	15	dr9b		τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	my son	In Hosea this refers to the people of Israel. Matthew quoted it to say that this was true of God’s Son, Jesus. Translate it using a word for son that could refer to the only son or the first son.
105	MAT	2	16	s2la	figs-events		0	General Information:	These events happen before Herod’s death, which Matthew mentioned in Matthew 2:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
106	MAT	2	16	yq7p			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.
107	MAT	2	16	g513	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	he had been mocked by the learned men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108	MAT	2	16	d8d5	figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	he sent and killed all the male children	Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: “He gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “He sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
109	MAT	2	16	nkr1	translate-numbers	διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω	1	two years old and under	“2 years old and younger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
110	MAT	2	16	dr3r		κατὰ τὸν χρόνον	1	according to the time	“based on the time”
111	MAT	2	17	q1y9			0	General Information:	Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
112	MAT	2	17	l8g5	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη	1	Then was fulfilled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	MAT	2	17	v6a1	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
114	MAT	2	18	p9gk		φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν	1	A voice was heard…they were no more	Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
115	MAT	2	18	k91t	figs-activepassive	φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη	1	A voice was heard	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
116	MAT	2	18	zm17		Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς	1	Rachel weeping for her children	Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
117	MAT	2	18	rgg1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	she refused to be comforted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
118	MAT	2	18	p9ri	figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	because they were no more	“because the children were gone and would never return.” Here “were no more” is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
119	MAT	2	19	kt2i			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
120	MAT	2	19	r4yu		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
121	MAT	2	20	hz2m	figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	those who sought the child’s life	Here “sought the child’s life” is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. “Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
122	MAT	2	20	y6r6		οἱ ζητοῦντες	1	those who sought	This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
123	MAT	2	22	kg7u			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 2:1 about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
124	MAT	2	22	uq8p		ἀκούσας δὲ	1	But when he heard	“But when Joseph heard”
125	MAT	2	22	h4cq	translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	Archelaus	This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
126	MAT	2	22	zk37		ἐφοβήθη	1	he was afraid	“Joseph was afraid”
127	MAT	2	23	dx5i	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	what had been spoken through the prophets	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128	MAT	2	23	hc8g	translate-names	Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται	1	he would be called a Nazarene	Here “he” refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
129	MAT	3	intro	a6h3			0		Matthew 03 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3. Special concepts in this chapter “Bear fruit worthy of repentance” Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
130	MAT	3	1	xp3z			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.
131	MAT	3	1	d74m		ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	In those days	This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “Some time later” or “Some years later”
132	MAT	3	2	w7e9	figs-you	μετανοεῖτε	1	Repent	This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
133	MAT	3	2	hvx8	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven is near	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134	MAT	3	3	fl4v	figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
135	MAT	3	3	hxb6		φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
136	MAT	3	3	yhe7	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord…make his paths straight	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
137	MAT	3	3	y8b5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	“Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
138	MAT	3	4	j647	writing-background	δὲ…μέλι ἄγριον	1	Now…wild honey	The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
139	MAT	3	4	x7f3	translate-symaction	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ	1	wore clothing from camel’s hair and a leather belt around his waist	This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
140	MAT	3	5	j8ke	figs-metonymy	τότε…Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region	The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
141	MAT	3	6	v5xn	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	They were baptized by him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
142	MAT	3	6	gi4r		ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	They were baptized	This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
143	MAT	3	7	b2br			0	General Information:	John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
144	MAT	3	7	fjl3	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς	1	You offspring of vipers, who	This is a metaphor. Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	MAT	3	7	c4cl	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming?	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can flee from God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
146	MAT	3	7	h7ac	figs-metonymy	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	flee from the wrath that is coming	The word “wrath” is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
147	MAT	3	8	s8ac	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance	The phrase “bear fruit” is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	MAT	3	9	q7b1	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham for our father	“Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149	MAT	3	9	r29p		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
150	MAT	3	9	k843		ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham even out of these stones	“God is able to make physical descendants out of even these stones and give them to Abraham”
151	MAT	3	10	ls7m			0	Connecting Statement:	John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
152	MAT	3	10	ke4s	figs-metaphor	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax has been placed against the root of the trees. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153	MAT	3	11	lx69		εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	for repentance	“to show that you have repented”
154	MAT	3	11	mc2r		ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	But he who comes after me	Jesus is the person who comes after John.
155	MAT	3	11	c1xf		ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν	1	is mightier than I	“is more important than I am”
156	MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word “baptize” in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157	MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	His winnowing fork is in his hand, both to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158	MAT	3	12	sq4p	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	His winnowing fork is in his hand	Here “in his hand” means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
159	MAT	3	12	b5m4	translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
160	MAT	3	12	yw29		διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
161	MAT	3	12	r2ua		τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	his threshing floor	“his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
162	MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	to gather his wheat into the storehouse…he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out	This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer’s storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163	MAT	3	12	bdb7	figs-activepassive	ἀσβέστῳ	1	can never be put out	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
164	MAT	3	13	vl93			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
165	MAT	3	13	zbj9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166	MAT	3	14	cl7t	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
167	MAT	3	15	h6ca	figs-inclusive	ἡμῖν	1	for us	Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
168	MAT	3	16	n8bk			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
169	MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς δὲ	1	After he was baptized	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
170	MAT	3	16	sf5w		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
171	MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172	MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
173	MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice came out of the heavens saying	“Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174	MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
175	MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		Matthew 04 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “the kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.” “If you are the Son of God” The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son (Matthew 3:17), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
176	MAT	4	1	k51m			0	General Information:	Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
177	MAT	4	1	aq3s	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Jesus was led up by the Spirit	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
178	MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	to be tempted by the devil	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
179	MAT	4	2	iw2i		νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν	1	he had fasted…he was hungry	These refer to Jesus.
180	MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	forty days and forty nights	“40 days and 40 nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
181	MAT	4	3	vl86		ὁ πειράζων	1	The tempter	These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
182	MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, command	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding”
183	MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
184	MAT	4	3	m1va	figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	command that these stones become bread.	You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
185	MAT	4	3	t3xm	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	bread	Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
186	MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
187	MAT	4	4	rld7		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man shall not live on bread alone	This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
188	MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metonymy	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God	Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189	MAT	4	5	r4a5			0	General Information:	In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
190	MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
191	MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
192	MAT	4	6	c5kr		βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	throw yourself down	“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
193	MAT	4	6	a5h2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	for it is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
194	MAT	4	6	ebc9	figs-quotations	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ	1	‘He will command his angels to take care of you,’ and	“God will command his angels to take care of you, and” This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
195	MAT	4	6	f1mm		ἀροῦσίν σε	1	They will lift you up	“The angels will hold you”
196	MAT	4	7	j6cb			0	General Information:	In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
197	MAT	4	7	u5jp	figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	Again it is written	It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
198	MAT	4	7	c7t5		οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	You must not test	Here “you” refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One should not test” or “No person should test”
199	MAT	4	8	d12q		πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος	1	Again, the devil	“Next, the devil”
200	MAT	4	9	bq1u		εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	He said to him	“The devil said to Jesus”
201	MAT	4	9	al72		ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	All these things I will give you	“I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give “all these things,” not just some of them.
202	MAT	4	9	eas8	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	fall down	“put your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
203	MAT	4	10	s91r			0	General Information:	In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
204	MAT	4	10	h8fd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
205	MAT	4	10	k49q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206	MAT	4	10	rig8	figs-you	προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship…you will serve	Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
207	MAT	4	11	s49z		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
208	MAT	4	12	v7p4	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
209	MAT	4	12	wib2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
210	MAT	4	12	d1vi	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	John had been arrested	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
211	MAT	4	13	hpm4	figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali	“Zebulun” and “Naphtali” are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
212	MAT	4	14	n85z			0	General Information:	In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.
213	MAT	4	14	jb4p		ἵνα	1	This happened	This refers to Jesus’ going to live in Capernaum.
214	MAT	4	14	tj7c	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	what was spoken	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
215	MAT	4	15	egx6		γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali…Galilee of the Gentiles!	These territories describe the same area.
216	MAT	4	15	bmz6		ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	toward the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee.
217	MAT	4	16	e278		ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος	1	The people who sat	These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali…where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
218	MAT	4	16	h2xr	figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα	1	The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
219	MAT	4	16	nn1r	figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen	This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here “those who sat in the region and shadow of death” is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220	MAT	4	17	dku3	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven has come near	The phrase “the kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221	MAT	4	18	yrx7			0	General Information:	This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
222	MAT	4	18	yfh5	figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	casting a net into the sea	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223	MAT	4	19	y3zg		δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come, follow after me	Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples”
224	MAT	4	19	n9h3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you fishers of men	This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225	MAT	4	21	pcg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
226	MAT	4	21	utn4		ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	He called them	“Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
227	MAT	4	22	dlk3		οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες	1	they immediately left	“at that moment they left”
228	MAT	4	22	gr2i		ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	left the boat…and followed him	It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
229	MAT	4	23	y3qe	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
230	MAT	4	23	ztr8		διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν	1	teaching in their synagogues	“teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
231	MAT	4	23	jt3m	figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	preaching the gospel of the kingdom	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232	MAT	4	23	nr8m		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every kind of disease and every sickness	The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick.
233	MAT	4	23	uc55		μαλακίαν	1	sickness	is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
234	MAT	4	24	i296	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	those possessed by demons	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
235	MAT	4	24	p3nf	figs-genericnoun	σεληνιαζομένους	1	the epileptic	This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes had seizures” or “those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
236	MAT	4	24	qk4c	figs-genericnoun	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	and paralytic	This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: “and any who were paralyzed” or “and those who could not walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
237	MAT	4	25	i9m7	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	the Decapolis	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
238	MAT	5	intro	awz8			0		Matthew 05 General Notes Structure and formatting Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter “His disciples” It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.
239	MAT	5	1	hz26			0	General Information:	In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
240	MAT	5	1	c5rq			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.
241	MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	He opened his mouth	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
242	MAT	5	2	ji1p		ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς	1	taught them	The word “them” refers to his disciples.
243	MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
244	MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
245	MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world or (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
246	MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
247	MAT	5	5	mvb1		οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
248	MAT	5	5	iy1y		αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	they will inherit the earth	“God will give them the entire earth”
249	MAT	5	6	bi1j	figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	those who hunger and thirst for righteousness	This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	MAT	5	6	hlq2	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	they will be filled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
251	MAT	5	8	s9gd	figs-metonymy	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	the pure in heart	“people whose hearts are pure.” Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
252	MAT	5	8	t6ni		αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	they will see God	Here “see” means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”
253	MAT	5	9	p1ez		οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί	1	the peacemakers	These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.
254	MAT	5	9	tv19	figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	for they will be called sons of God	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	MAT	5	9	vcr2		υἱοὶ Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
256	MAT	5	10	bqu7	figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	those who have been persecuted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
257	MAT	5	10	xnb6		ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης	1	for righteousness’ sake	“because they do what God wants them to do”
258	MAT	5	10	f3li	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	theirs is the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:3. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259	MAT	5	11	jvm4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.
260	MAT	5	11	t5kb	figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	Blessed are you	The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
261	MAT	5	11	rk69		εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι	1	say all kinds of evil things against you falsely	“say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “say bad things about you that are not true”
262	MAT	5	11	eez3		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you follow me” or because you believe in me”
263	MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	“Rejoice” and “be very glad” mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
264	MAT	5	13	qp6l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
265	MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	Possible meanings are (1) just as salt makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266	MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt has lost its taste	Possible meanings are (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	MAT	5	13	wp9g	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what can it be made salty again?	“how can it be made useful again?” Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
268	MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out and trampled under people’s feet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
269	MAT	5	14	wgh5	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	You are the light of the world	This means Jesus’ followers bring the message of God’s truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
270	MAT	5	14	bn28	figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city set on a hill cannot be hidden	At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill” or “Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
271	MAT	5	15	s5sb		οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	Neither do people light a lamp	“People do not light a lamp”
272	MAT	5	15	c8el		τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον	1	put it under a basket	“place the lamp under a basket.” This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
273	MAT	5	16	qhp8	figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Let your light shine before people	This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
274	MAT	5	16	iiu8		τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your Father who is in heaven	It is best to translate “Father” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
275	MAT	5	17	p63n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
276	MAT	5	17	gg3k	figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	the prophets	This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	MAT	5	18	lky5		ἀμὴν,…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
278	MAT	5	18	cv3m	figs-merism	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	until heaven and earth pass away	Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
279	MAT	5	18	ylz6	figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ	1	one jot or one tittle will certainly not	The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280	MAT	5	18	m5pf	figs-activepassive	πάντα γένηται	1	all things have been accomplished	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
281	MAT	5	18	n77j	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	all things	The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282	MAT	5	19	uxz2		ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ	1	whoever breaks	“whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
283	MAT	5	19	k9th		μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	the least one of these commandments	“any of these commandments, even the least important one”
284	MAT	5	19	dv5c	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐὰν…διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται	1	teaches others to do so will be called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone…teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
285	MAT	5	19	bg2v	figs-metonymy	ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	least in the kingdom of heaven	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
286	MAT	5	19	u5kp		ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ	1	keeps them and teaches them	“obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
287	MAT	5	19	nk9n		μέγας	1	great	most important
288	MAT	5	20	jwm9		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
289	MAT	5	20	vsc5	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν	1	you…your…you will enter	These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
290	MAT	5	20	l3lv	figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	that unless your righteousness overflows…you will certainly not enter	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed…Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
291	MAT	5	21	x5vy	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
292	MAT	5	21	us5a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
293	MAT	5	21	t6k5	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to them in ancient times	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294	MAT	5	21	mij2	figs-explicit	ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment	Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
295	MAT	5	21	y44x		φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ	1	kill…kills	This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
296	MAT	5	21	r2k4	figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	will be in danger of the judgment	It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297	MAT	5	22	e9gg		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
298	MAT	5	22	d5nl		τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	brother	This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
299	MAT	5	22	w721		ῥακά…μωρέ	1	You worthless person…You fool	These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. “Worthless person” is close to “brainless,” where “fool” adds the idea of disobedience to God.
300	MAT	5	22	s89d		Συνεδρίῳ	1	council	This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
301	MAT	5	23	msz4	figs-you	προσφέρῃς	1	you are offering	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
302	MAT	5	23	r49y		προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου	1	you are offering your gift	“giving your gift” or “bringing your gift”
303	MAT	5	23	chv4	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	at the altar	It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304	MAT	5	23	dz75		κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς	1	there remember	“while you are standing at the altar you remember”
305	MAT	5	23	xvf5		ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	your brother has something against you	“another person is angry with you because of something you did”
306	MAT	5	24	z9m5	figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	First be reconciled with your brother	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “First make peace with the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
307	MAT	5	25	x4ta	figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	Agree with your accuser	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
308	MAT	5	25	sr9d		τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	your accuser	This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
309	MAT	5	25	x1tk	figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ	1	may hand you over to the judge	Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
310	MAT	5	25	pq6d	figs-idiom	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the judge to the officer	Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311	MAT	5	25	gcm5		τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	to the officer	a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
312	MAT	5	25	pzh4	figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	you may be thrown into prison	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer might put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
313	MAT	5	26	gec9		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
314	MAT	5	26	eem5		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	“from prison”
315	MAT	5	27	c8dn	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not commit adultery,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
316	MAT	5	27	mj3g			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
317	MAT	5	27	jxg5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318	MAT	5	27	yn7m		μοιχεύσεις	1	commit adultery	This word means to act out or do something.
319	MAT	5	28	qfl6		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
320	MAT	5	28	glg9	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart	This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321	MAT	5	28	k7sc		πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν	1	to lust after her	“and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
322	MAT	5	28	eqs8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323	MAT	5	29	et3n	figs-you	εἰ…σου	1	If your	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
324	MAT	5	29	ikp5	figs-metonymy	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	If your right eye causes you to stumble	Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325	MAT	5	29	mb58	figs-idiom	ὁ ὀφθαλμός…ὁ δεξιὸς	1	right eye	This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
326	MAT	5	29	v6jr	figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	pluck it out	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
327	MAT	5	29	zg1v		βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	throw it away from you	“get rid of it”
328	MAT	5	29	im6u		ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	one of your body parts should perish	“you should lose one part of your body”
329	MAT	5	29	v1cn	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	so that your whole body should not be thrown into hell	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
330	MAT	5	30	zx8x	figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	If your right hand causes you to stumble	In this metonymy, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331	MAT	5	30	hk9z	figs-idiom	ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ	1	your right hand	This means the most important hand, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
332	MAT	5	30	qs74	figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν	1	cut it off	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
333	MAT	5	31	fdr8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
334	MAT	5	31	dh23	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη δέ	1	It was also said	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335	MAT	5	31	quq9	figs-euphemism	ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	sends his wife away	This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
336	MAT	5	31	tp9l		δότω	1	let him give	“he must give”
337	MAT	5	32	q6aq		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
338	MAT	5	32	j2aq		ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	makes her an adulteress	It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who “causes her to commit adultery.” In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
339	MAT	5	32	zai7	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	her after she has been divorced	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” or “the divorced woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
340	MAT	5	33	i5ak	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “Do not swear” and “carry out your oaths,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
341	MAT	5	33	dg2a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
342	MAT	5	33	vv1e		πάλιν ἠκούσατε	1	Again, you have heard	“Also, you” or “Here is another example. You”
343	MAT	5	33	fk86	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to those in ancient times	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344	MAT	5	33	tk9y		οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου	1	Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord.	“Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”
345	MAT	5	34	mpk1		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
346	MAT	5	34	m2n6		μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως	1	swear not at all	“Do not swear at all” or “Do not swear by anything”
347	MAT	5	34	u7su	figs-metaphor	θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	it is the throne of God	Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
348	MAT	5	35	c8lx			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
349	MAT	5	35	v2hf		μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	nor by the earth…it is the city of the great King	Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
350	MAT	5	35	e7z8	figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	it is the footstool for his feet	This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351	MAT	5	35	e6zn		ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	for it is the city of the great King	“for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
352	MAT	5	36	kr2d			0	General Information:	Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
353	MAT	5	36	l9c8	figs-you	σου	1	your	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of these words are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
354	MAT	5	36	z5vu		ὀμόσῃς	1	swear	This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:34.
355	MAT	5	37	tke6		ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ	1	let your speech be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’	“if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
356	MAT	5	38	quy6	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
357	MAT	5	38	s39u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
358	MAT	5	38	zar1	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
359	MAT	5	38	w53l		ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth	The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
360	MAT	5	39	x2y9		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
361	MAT	5	39	qrx1		τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil person	“an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
362	MAT	5	39	ec5y		ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα	1	strikes…your right cheek	To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
363	MAT	5	39	d5xg		ῥαπίζει	1	strikes	hits with the back of an open hand
364	MAT	5	39	wz54		στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	turn to him the other also	“let him hit your other cheek also”
365	MAT	5	40	gr2x	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
366	MAT	5	40	t9f4		τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον	1	coat…cloak	The “coat” was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The “cloak,” the more valuable of the two, was worn over the “coat” for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
367	MAT	5	40	p5m2		ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	let that person also have	“give also to that person”
368	MAT	5	41	i867	figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	Whoever	“Anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
369	MAT	5	41	i86s		μίλιον ἕν	1	one mile	This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If “mile” is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
370	MAT	5	41	n8r4		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	This refers to the one who compels you to go.
371	MAT	5	41	zv6i		ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	go with him two	“go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”
372	MAT	5	42	pe6x		μὴ ἀποστραφῇς	1	do not turn away	“do not refuse to lend to.” This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”
373	MAT	5	43	cyz3	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
374	MAT	5	43	xf8l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
375	MAT	5	43	fp6x	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
376	MAT	5	43	tqj3	figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here the word “neighbor” does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
377	MAT	5	44	f9lp		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
378	MAT	5	45	my3d		γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	you may be sons of your Father	It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.
379	MAT	5	45	jzu9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
380	MAT	5	46	g5t7	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
381	MAT	5	46	sf7k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes teaching about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. This section began in Matthew 5:17.
382	MAT	5	46	se4k	figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	what reward do you get?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383	MAT	5	46	cb77	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing?	This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
384	MAT	5	47	ba6e	figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε?	1	what do you do more than others?	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more than others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
385	MAT	5	47	ben5		ἀσπάσησθε	1	you greet	This is a general term for showing a desire for the well-being of the hearer.
386	MAT	5	47	elw9	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing?	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
387	MAT	5	48	l6pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
388	MAT	6	intro	jrj2			0		Matthew 06 General Notes Structure and formatting Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.” You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
389	MAT	6	1	zvn1	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
390	MAT	6	1	at4q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3. In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.
391	MAT	6	1	bgc7	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before people to be seen by them	It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
392	MAT	6	1	juj5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
393	MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people’s attention. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
394	MAT	6	2	dk6u		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
395	MAT	6	3	z4c1	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
396	MAT	6	3	te4n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
397	MAT	6	3	vca2	figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing	This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to “know” what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
398	MAT	6	4	h4we	figs-activepassive	ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your gift may be given in secret	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can give to the poor without other people knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
399	MAT	6	5	m54u	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
400	MAT	6	5	a7z4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
401	MAT	6	5	e12v	figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by people	It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402	MAT	6	5	z3h6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
403	MAT	6	6	dqv4		εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
404	MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who is in secret	Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private”
405	MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
406	MAT	6	6	eb6r		ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who sees in secret	“your Father will see what you do in private and”
407	MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	Possible meanings are (1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
408	MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
409	MAT	6	8	fr1d	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words “you” and “your” are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words “you” and “your” are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
410	MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
411	MAT	6	9	ad6l		Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Our Father who is in heaven	This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
412	MAT	6	9	mq4x	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	may your name be honored as holy	Here “your name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
413	MAT	6	10	n67c	figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	May your kingdom come	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
414	MAT	6	10	pdc5	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415	MAT	6	11	njr9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
416	MAT	6	11	dft8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	daily bread	Here “bread” refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
417	MAT	6	12	yi9s	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα	1	debts	A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
418	MAT	6	12	i8fq	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	our debtors	A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	MAT	6	13	l8u6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Do not bring us into temptation	The word “temptation,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
420	MAT	6	14	ns3m	figs-you		0	General Information:	All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
421	MAT	6	14	z79a	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	their trespasses	The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
422	MAT	6	14	v7ne	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
423	MAT	6	15	pi3z	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	their trespasses…your trespasses	The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you…when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you…when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424	MAT	6	16	j7xg	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
425	MAT	6	16	q19r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
426	MAT	6	16	xv6b		ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
427	MAT	6	16	ix6h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
428	MAT	6	17	k283		ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	anoint your head	“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To “anoint” the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
429	MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	your Father who is in secret	Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.
430	MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
431	MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.
432	MAT	6	19	afg9	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
433	MAT	6	19	z3jx			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
434	MAT	6	19	tqp1		θησαυροὺς	1	treasures	riches, the things to which a person gives the most value
435	MAT	6	19	z9wd		ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει	1	where moth and rust destroy	“where moth and rust ruin treasures”
436	MAT	6	19	tqc9		σὴς	1	moth	a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
437	MAT	6	19	enl6		βρῶσις	1	rust	a brown substance that forms on metals
438	MAT	6	20	v5tn	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	store up for yourselves treasures in heaven	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
439	MAT	6	21	b74q	figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	there will your heart be also	Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
440	MAT	6	22	g215	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
441	MAT	6	22	sbl1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	The eye is the lamp of the body…is filled with light	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
442	MAT	6	22	r4d1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is the lamp of the body	This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443	MAT	6	22	u47q		ὀφθαλμός	1	eye	You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
444	MAT	6	23	dl86	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	But if your eye…how great is that darkness	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
445	MAT	6	23	p231	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	if your eye is bad	This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446	MAT	6	23	n42m		εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness!	“if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
447	MAT	6	24	ijn3	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
448	MAT	6	24	zt2u		οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You cannot serve God and wealth	“You cannot love God and money at the same time”
449	MAT	6	25	s5uy	figs-you		0	General Information:	Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
450	MAT	6	25	wcz4		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
451	MAT	6	25	xdu1		ὑμῖν	1	to you	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.
452	MAT	6	25	nt96	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	is not life more than food, and the body more than clothes?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “obviously life is more than what you eat, and your body is more than what you wear.” or “clearly there are things in life that are more imortant than food, and there are things concerning the body that are more important than clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
453	MAT	6	26	p11z		ἀποθήκας	1	barns	places to store crops
454	MAT	6	26	a9w6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
455	MAT	6	26	nbm5	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Are you not more valuable than they are?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
456	MAT	6	27	cm6a	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
457	MAT	6	27	fr8g	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to “add one cubit to his lifespan” is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
458	MAT	6	27	kub4	translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	one cubit	A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
459	MAT	6	28	erj8	figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Why are you anxious about clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
460	MAT	6	28	cs99		καταμάθετε	1	Think about	“Consider”
461	MAT	6	28	him2	figs-personification	τὰ κρίνα…αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies…They do not work, and they do not spin cloth	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462	MAT	6	28	t16l	translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	lilies	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
463	MAT	6	29	n75l	figs-personification	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon…was clothed like one of these	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
464	MAT	6	29	np9e		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
465	MAT	6	29	sqg8	figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	was clothed like one of these	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
466	MAT	6	30	z5lh	figs-personification	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως	1	so clothes the grass in the fields	Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
467	MAT	6	30	uf36		χόρτον	1	grass	If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
468	MAT	6	30	m23l	figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	is thrown into the oven	The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	MAT	6	30	cd8w	figs-rquestion	ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	will he not clothe you much more, you of little faith?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you…faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
470	MAT	6	30	ic18		ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
471	MAT	6	31	jps3		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because of all of this”
472	MAT	6	31	pd6x	figs-synecdoche	τί περιβαλώμεθα	1	What will we wear	In this sentence, “clothes” is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
473	MAT	6	32	j77y		γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν	1	For the Gentiles seek all these things	“for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
474	MAT	6	32	ecb9		οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων	1	your heavenly Father knows that you need all of them	Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
475	MAT	6	32	unz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
476	MAT	6	33	ep2c	figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	seek first his kingdom and his righteousness	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477	MAT	6	33	ak39	figs-activepassive	καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	all these things will be given to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
478	MAT	6	34	qm2a		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because of all this”
479	MAT	6	34	xdg7	figs-personification	ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	tomorrow will be anxious for itself	Jesus speaks of “tomorrow” as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
480	MAT	7	intro	bz7e			0		Matthew 07 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter Matthew 5-7 Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. “By their fruits you will know them” Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
481	MAT	7	1	jav3	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
482	MAT	7	1	f4fe			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.
483	MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied here that “judge” has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
484	MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will not be judged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
485	MAT	7	2	f9nb		γὰρ	1	For	Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
486	MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
487	MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	Possible meanings are (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
488	MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489	MAT	7	3	hzb4			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
490	MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look…but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look…brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look…brother’s eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
491	MAT	7	3	ctb3	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother’s eye	This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
492	MAT	7	3	r9jf		κάρφος	1	tiny piece of straw	“speck” or “splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.
493	MAT	7	3	d2qc		τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	brother	All occurrences of “brother” in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
494	MAT	7	3	q1z4	figs-metaphor	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
495	MAT	7	3	cgc6		δοκὸν	1	log	the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down
496	MAT	7	4	k58h	figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς…τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	How can you say…your own eye?	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say…your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
497	MAT	7	6	av85			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
498	MAT	7	6	arm9	figs-metaphor	τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων	1	dogs…hogs	Jews considered these animals dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499	MAT	7	6	xy2e	figs-metaphor	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	MAT	7	6	vt72		καταπατήσουσιν	1	they may trample	“the pigs may trample”
501	MAT	7	6	y5mm		καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	then turn and tear you to pieces	“the dogs will then turn and tear”
502	MAT	7	7	j1qa	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
503	MAT	7	7	ut6i	figs-metaphor	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε	1	Ask…Seek…Knock	These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
504	MAT	7	7	fh57		αἰτεῖτε	1	Ask	request things from someone, in this case God
505	MAT	7	7	tv49	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
506	MAT	7	7	cs5b		ζητεῖτε	1	Seek	look for someone, in this case God
507	MAT	7	7	rt8g		κρούετε	1	Knock	To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
508	MAT	7	7	zxs3	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
509	MAT	7	9	mq14	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος…μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or what man is there among you…but he will give him a stone?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you…a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
510	MAT	7	9	n5s1	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	a loaf of bread	This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
511	MAT	7	9	cq8h		λίθον	1	stone	This noun should be translated literally.
512	MAT	7	10	ht1m		ἰχθὺν…ὄφι	1	fish…snake	These nouns should be translated literally.
513	MAT	7	10	y9q5	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish, but he will give him a snake?	Jesus asks another question to teach the people. It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
514	MAT	7	11	h3k6	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
515	MAT	7	11	pk31	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει…αὐτόν?	1	how much more will your Father in heaven give…him?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give…him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516	MAT	7	11	z8zr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
517	MAT	7	12	wr93		ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	whatever you would want that people would do to yo	“whatever way you want others to act toward you”
518	MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	for this is the law and the prophets	Here “law” and “prophets” refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519	MAT	7	13	uhb3			0	General Information:	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
520	MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate…there are many people who go through it	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
521	MAT	7	13	j8xn		εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	Enter through the narrow gate	You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
522	MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς…πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the gate…the way	Possible meanings are (1) “the way” refers to the road that leads to the gate of a kingdom, or (2) the “the gate” and “the way” both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
523	MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
524	MAT	7	14	x8u9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
525	MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	The abstract noun “life” can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
526	MAT	7	15	s91c		προσέχετε ἀπὸ	1	Beware of	“Be on guard against”
527	MAT	7	15	lj5v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	who come to you in sheep’s clothing but are truly ravenous wolves	This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
528	MAT	7	16	pul5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	By their fruits you will know them	This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
529	MAT	7	16	nve4	figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν…ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	People do not gather…or figs from thistles, do they?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather…thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
530	MAT	7	17	a9tn	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ	1	every good tree produces good fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531	MAT	7	17	f5l3	figs-metaphor	τὸ…σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	the bad tree produces bad fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
532	MAT	7	19	aeg4	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree that does not produce good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
533	MAT	7	19	g7fs	figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	is cut down and thrown into the fire	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	MAT	7	20	x87m	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	you will recognize them by their fruits	The word “their” can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
535	MAT	7	21	rj2v	figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter into the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
536	MAT	7	21	rq5h		ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	those who do the will of my Father who is in heaven	“whoever does what my Father in heaven desires”
537	MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
538	MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said “that day” knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
539	MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	ἐπροφητεύσαμεν…δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν…δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy…drive out demons…do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied…we drove out demons…we did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
540	MAT	7	22	t5j7	figs-exclusive	ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	did we…prophesy	This “we” does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
541	MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	Possible meanings are (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
542	MAT	7	22	p67f		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	“miracles”
543	MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
544	MAT	7	24	fg9k		οὖν	1	Therefore	“For that reason”
545	MAT	7	24	hbd7	figs-metonymy	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	these words of mine	Here “words” refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
546	MAT	7	24	qjh9	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	will be like a wise man who built his house upon a rock	Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
547	MAT	7	24	dy1f		πέτραν	1	rock	This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
548	MAT	7	25	bv81	figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	it was built	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549	MAT	7	26	asf4			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.
550	MAT	7	26	nw97	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	will be like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand	Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
551	MAT	7	27	a7mj		ἔπεσεν	1	it fell	Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
552	MAT	7	27	k4hi		ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	its destruction was complete	The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
553	MAT	7	28	jrh7	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
554	MAT	7	28	hu6z		καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	It came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
555	MAT	7	28	b321		ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	were astonished by his teaching	It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”
556	MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		Matthew 08 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter begins a new section. Special concepts in this chapter Miracles Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
557	MAT	8	1	qb1d	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through Matthew 9:35. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
558	MAT	8	1	clf8		καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	Now when Jesus had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him	“After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
559	MAT	8	2	vas8		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
560	MAT	8	2	q4x2		λεπρὸς	1	a leper	“a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
561	MAT	8	2	n77q	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed before him	This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
562	MAT	8	2	yc3f		ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	if you are willing	“if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
563	MAT	8	2	yjn2	figs-idiom	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you can make me clean	Here “clean” means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
564	MAT	8	3	kg7e	figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	Be clean	By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
565	MAT	8	3	eht7		εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη	1	Immediately he was cleansed	“At that moment he was cleansed”
566	MAT	8	3	lj1x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	he was cleansed of his leprosy	The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	MAT	8	4	gzy6		αὐτῷ	1	to him	This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
568	MAT	8	4	gt5s		ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	See that you tell no one	“do not say anything to anyone” or “do not tell anyone I healed you”
569	MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570	MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
571	MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This can possibly refer to (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
572	MAT	8	5	sxz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
573	MAT	8	5	vzb9		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	came to him and asked him	Here “him” refers to Jesus.
574	MAT	8	6	cr8h		παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	unable to move because of disease or stroke
575	MAT	8	7	b9br		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Jesus said to him	“Jesus said to the centurion”
576	MAT	8	7	r3sx		ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν	1	I will come and heal him	“I will come to your house and make your servant well”
577	MAT	8	8	p7p4	figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	under my roof	This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
578	MAT	8	8	hig7	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	say the word	Here “word” represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
579	MAT	8	8	rk1z	figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται	1	will be healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
580	MAT	8	9	ds2m	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος	1	who is placed under authority	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who is under the authority of someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581	MAT	8	9	da25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under authority…under me	To be “under” someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
582	MAT	8	10	rc1h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
583	MAT	8	10	c7y6	figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	I have not found such great faith in anyone in Israel	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
584	MAT	8	11	xee4	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here “you” is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in Matthew 8:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
585	MAT	8	11	mt2i	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	from the east and the west	Using the opposites “east” and “west” is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
586	MAT	8	11	u4sj	figs-metonymy	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	they will recline at table	People in that culture would lie down beside the table while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
587	MAT	8	11	qmc7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
588	MAT	8	12	ks3b	figs-activepassive	οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	the sons of the kingdom will be thrown	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
589	MAT	8	12	aug7	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	the sons of the kingdom	The phrase “sons of” is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. There is also irony here because the “sons” will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
590	MAT	8	12	liu4	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
591	MAT	8	12	gww4	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
592	MAT	8	13	ki92	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	so may it be done for you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
593	MAT	8	13	sdn6	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	the servant was healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
594	MAT	8	13	ln7p		ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	at that very hour	“at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
595	MAT	8	14	s6g4			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
596	MAT	8	14	ja31		ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	When Jesus had come	The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
597	MAT	8	14	ynh8		τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ	1	Peter’s mother-in-law	“the mother of Peter’s wife”
598	MAT	8	15	w7nh	figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
599	MAT	8	15	r9lt		ἠγέρθη	1	she got up	“got out of bed”
600	MAT	8	16	bpx7			0	General Information:	In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
601	MAT	8	16	b7cx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
602	MAT	8	16	yv9y	figs-explicit	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now when evening had come	Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, “evening” may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603	MAT	8	16	pwr4	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	many who were possessed by demons	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
604	MAT	8	16	f1cv	figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	He drove out the spirits with a word	Here “word” stands for a command. Alternate translation: “He commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
605	MAT	8	17	r3dc	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	was fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606	MAT	8	17	eyu9	figs-parallelism	τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	took our sickness and bore our diseases	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
607	MAT	8	18	h8bx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
608	MAT	8	18	dqh1		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
609	MAT	8	18	a2pn		ἐκέλευσεν	1	he gave instructions	“he told his disciples”
610	MAT	8	19	g4rh		καὶ	1	Then	This means after Jesus “gave instructions” but before he could get into the boat.
611	MAT	8	19	e1b7		ὅπου ἐὰν	1	wherever	to any place
612	MAT	8	20	pqp6	writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests	Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
613	MAT	8	20	tp9s	translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες	1	Foxes	Foxes are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for dog-like creatures or other furry animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
614	MAT	8	20	rrb5		φωλεοὺς	1	holes	Foxes make holes in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.
615	MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
616	MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	has no place to lay his head	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
617	MAT	8	21	hlx9		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	allow me first to go and bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
618	MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	leave the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of “the dead”: (1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or (2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
619	MAT	8	23	us1s			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
620	MAT	8	23	e8k1		καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	When he had entered into a boat	“got onto a boat”
621	MAT	8	23	sl7v		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples followed him	Try to use the same words for “disciple” and “follow” that you used in (Matthew 8:21-22).
622	MAT	8	24	j55j		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “Suddenly” or “Without warning”
623	MAT	8	24	x7k1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	there arose a great storm on the sea	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
624	MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered with the waves	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625	MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον	1	woke him up, saying, “Save us, Lord	Possible meanings are (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us.”
626	MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-inclusive	σῶσον…ἀπολλύμεθα	1	Save us…we are about to die	If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
627	MAT	8	25	xf5d		ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are about to die	“we are going to die”
628	MAT	8	26	jmt8		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the disciples”
629	MAT	8	26	g8p7	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Why are you afraid, you of little faith?	Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid…faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of…faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
630	MAT	8	26	r5ve		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.
631	MAT	8	27	u2qh	figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?	“Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
632	MAT	8	27	k5mk	figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	even the winds and the sea obey him	For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
633	MAT	8	28	g6mr			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
634	MAT	8	28	iy7a		εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	“to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
635	MAT	8	28	yzi6	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	the country of the Gadarenes	The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
636	MAT	8	28	hz5n	figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	two men who were possessed by demons	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “two men whom demons possessed” or “two men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637	MAT	8	28	ylu6		ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	They were coming…were very violent, so that no one could pass by on that road	The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
638	MAT	8	29	v9mp		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
639	MAT	8	29	gr2p	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	What do we have to do with you, Son of God?	The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
640	MAT	8	29	jcq6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
641	MAT	8	29	u4jr	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come here to torment us before the set time?	Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: “You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
642	MAT	8	30	v91c	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
643	MAT	8	31	tf32	figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	If you cast us out	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
644	MAT	8	31	cgf7	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
645	MAT	8	32	h86e		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This refers to the demons inside the men.
646	MAT	8	32	gtx2		οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους	1	the demons came out and went into the pigs	“The demons left the man and entered the pigs”
647	MAT	8	32	qa1i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
648	MAT	8	32	lhn7		ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ	1	rushed down the steep hill	“ran quickly down the steep slope”
649	MAT	8	32	zk2p		ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν	1	they died in the water	“they fell into the water and drowned”
650	MAT	8	33	qmc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
651	MAT	8	33	v39w		οἱ…βόσκοντες	1	those who had been tending the pigs	“taking care of the pigs”
652	MAT	8	33	ev2w	figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	what had happened to the men who had been possessed by demons	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653	MAT	8	34	b2hp		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
654	MAT	8	34	j6sp	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	all the city	The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
655	MAT	8	34	bsf4		τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	their region	“their area”
656	MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		Matthew 09 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Sinners” When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Rhetorical questions Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Proverbs Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
657	MAT	9	1	nl8w			0	Connecting Statement:	Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in Matthew 8:1, of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
658	MAT	9	1	ly42	figs-activepassive	ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον	1	Jesus entered into a boat	It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
659	MAT	9	1	cs8l		πλοῖον	1	a boat	This is probably the same boat as in Matthew 8:23. You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
660	MAT	9	1	lje9		εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν	1	into his own city	“to the town where he lived.” This refers to Capernaum.
661	MAT	9	2	i6xp		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
662	MAT	9	2	szd4		προσέφερον	1	they brought	“some men from the city”
663	MAT	9	2	k5eh		τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	their faith	This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
664	MAT	9	2	k9qq		τέκνον	1	Child	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
665	MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
666	MAT	9	3	a35d		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
667	MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	Possible meanings are (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.
668	MAT	9	3	mq8v		βλασφημεῖ	1	is blaspheming	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
669	MAT	9	4	u643		ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	knew their thoughts	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
670	MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason are you thinking evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
671	MAT	9	4	qg52		πονηρὰ	1	evil	This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
672	MAT	9	4	d499	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here “hearts” refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673	MAT	9	5	j716	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
674	MAT	9	5	mk14	figs-quotations	τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
675	MAT	9	5	g88p	figs-you	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	Here “your” is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
676	MAT	9	6	gk68	figs-you	ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	“I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
677	MAT	9	6	n5sf	figs-you	σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	your mat…your house	Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
678	MAT	9	6	td1z		ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	go to your house	Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
679	MAT	9	7	uwq4			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
680	MAT	9	8	u8qu		τὸν δόντα	1	who had given	“because he had given”
681	MAT	9	8	x71s		ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην	1	such authority	This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
682	MAT	9	9	fkr2		καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν	1	As Jesus passed by from there	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
683	MAT	9	9	g4r4		παράγων	1	passed by	“was leaving” or “was going”
684	MAT	9	9	jc18		Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ	1	Matthew…him…He	Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “He” to “me” and “I.”
685	MAT	9	9	t5ip		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	He said to him	“Jesus said to Matthew”
686	MAT	9	9	q438		ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	he got up and followed him	“Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.
687	MAT	9	10	h7u9			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
688	MAT	9	10	ksr5		τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	the house	This is probably Matthew’s house, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
689	MAT	9	10	c751		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
690	MAT	9	10	f9lh		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
691	MAT	9	11	ge2u		καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	When the Pharisees saw it	“When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
692	MAT	9	11	z4h5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
693	MAT	9	12	xz13			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
694	MAT	9	12	m7fm		ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	When Jesus heard this	Here “this” refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
695	MAT	9	12	tl42	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	People who are strong in body do not need a physician, but only those who are sick	Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
696	MAT	9	12	uhc5		οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ	1	People who are strong in body	“People who are healthy”
697	MAT	9	12	h5pg		ἰατροῦ	1	physician	doctor
698	MAT	9	12	n33c	figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	those who are sick	The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
699	MAT	9	13	fu2r		πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν	1	But you should go and learn what this means	Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
700	MAT	9	13	is3t	figs-you	πορευθέντες	1	you should go	Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
701	MAT	9	13	tqr3		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, “I” refers to God.
702	MAT	9	13	djt7		οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον	1	For I did not come	Here “I” refers to Jesus.
703	MAT	9	13	a886	figs-irony	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
704	MAT	9	14	aa3c			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
705	MAT	9	14	k8vc		οὐ νηστεύουσιν	1	do not fast	“continue to eat regularly”
706	MAT	9	15	r8if	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Can wedding attendants be sorrowful while the bridegroom is still with them?	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
707	MAT	9	15	iz9s		ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	But the days will come when	This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “the time will come when” or “someday”
708	MAT	9	15	p6hz	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709	MAT	9	15	u8er		ἀπαρθῇ	1	will be taken away	Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
710	MAT	9	16	v4a1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
711	MAT	9	16	yf98		οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	No man puts a piece of new cloth on an old garment	“No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
712	MAT	9	16	bk47		ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου	1	an old garment…the garment	“old clothing…the clothing””
713	MAT	9	16	x752		αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου	1	the patch will tear away from the garment	If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
714	MAT	9	16	rem6		τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ	1	the patch	“the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
715	MAT	9	16	t71t	figs-activepassive	χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	a worse tear will happen	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
716	MAT	9	17	q9wh			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
717	MAT	9	17	s13y		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	Neither do people put new wine into old wineskins	Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in Matthew 9:16.
718	MAT	9	17	fbl3		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν	1	Neither do people put	“Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
719	MAT	9	17	h26e	translate-unknown	οἶνον νέον	1	new wine	This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
720	MAT	9	17	dpv4		ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	old wineskins	This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
721	MAT	9	17	v4x2		ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	“wine bags” or “skin bags.” These were bags made out of animal skins.
722	MAT	9	17	hv8f	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723	MAT	9	17	tg2k		ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί	1	the wineskins will burst	When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
724	MAT	9	17	cid7		ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	fresh wineskins	“new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
725	MAT	9	17	i8v4	figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	both will be preserved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
726	MAT	9	18	a7ax			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
727	MAT	9	18	mj4x		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.
728	MAT	9	18	eqp1		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
729	MAT	9	18	n1i6	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
730	MAT	9	18	in6t		ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται	1	come and lay your hand on her, and she will live	This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
731	MAT	9	19	z99m		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	“Jesus’ disciples”
732	MAT	9	20	ai7a			0	Connecting Statement:	This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
733	MAT	9	20	etd3		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
734	MAT	9	20	gv15	figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	who suffered from a discharge of blood	“who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
735	MAT	9	20	na37	translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	twelve years	“12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
736	MAT	9	20	m9zq		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	his garment	“his robe” or “what he was wearing”
737	MAT	9	21	eb6t	figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	For she had said to herself, “If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well.”	She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
738	MAT	9	21	ukb8	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	If only I touch his clothes	According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
739	MAT	9	22	vi84		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς	1	But Jesus	“The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
740	MAT	9	22	x398		θύγατερ	1	Daughter	The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
741	MAT	9	22	q6ca		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has made you well	“because you believed in me, I will heal you”
742	MAT	9	22	zv2n	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	the woman was healed from that hour	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
743	MAT	9	23	tu2c			0	Connecting Statement:	This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
744	MAT	9	23	jae1		τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	the flute players and the crowds making much noise	This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
745	MAT	9	23	gy7g		τοὺς αὐλητὰς	1	the flute players	“people who play flutes”
746	MAT	9	24	v1st		ἀναχωρεῖτε	1	Go away	Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
747	MAT	9	24	pc1m	figs-euphemism	οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	the girl is not dead, but she is asleep	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who “sleeps.” But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
748	MAT	9	25	iy6x			0	General Information:	Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
749	MAT	9	25	utu3			0	Connecting Statement:	This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
750	MAT	9	25	nqs6	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	When the crowd had been put outside	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “After the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
751	MAT	9	25	mm3q		ἠγέρθη	1	got up	“got out of bed.” This is the same meaning as in Matthew 8:15.
752	MAT	9	26	rxs4		καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	The news about this spread into all that region	“The people of that whole region heard about it” or “The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
753	MAT	9	27	b1h6			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
754	MAT	9	27	a8nm		καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	As Jesus passed by from there	As Jesus was leaving the region
755	MAT	9	27	nwe9		παράγοντι	1	passed by	“was leaving” or “was going”
756	MAT	9	27	suc1		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
757	MAT	9	27	d8bu	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Have mercy on us	It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
758	MAT	9	27	dh5d		Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
759	MAT	9	28	yr4h		ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	When he had come into the house	This could be either Jesus’ own house or the house in Matthew 9:10.
760	MAT	9	28	e81f	figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	Yes, Lord	The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
761	MAT	9	29	b3rl		ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων	1	he touched their eyes, saying	It is not clear whether he touched both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
762	MAT	9	29	w92e	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	Let it be done to you according to your faith	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
763	MAT	9	30	uk2a	figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
764	MAT	9	30	t6p8	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	See that no one knows about this	Here “See” means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
765	MAT	9	31	y574		οἱ δὲ	1	But they	“The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
766	MAT	9	31	y4b2		διεφήμισαν	1	spread the news	“told many people what had happened to them”
767	MAT	9	32	tya1			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
768	MAT	9	32	v9tr		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
769	MAT	9	32	kr24	figs-activepassive	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν	1	a mute man…was brought to him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man…to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770	MAT	9	32	sh32		κωφὸν	1	mute	not able to talk
771	MAT	9	32	n6fs	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζόμενον	1	possessed by a demon	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom a demon had possessed” or “whom a demon was controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
772	MAT	9	33	d6zs	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	When the demon had been driven out	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had forced the demon out” or “After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
773	MAT	9	33	r8ce		ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	the mute man spoke	“the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
774	MAT	9	33	d1lf		καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι	1	The crowds were astonished	“The people were amazed”
775	MAT	9	33	y4l5	figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	This has never been seen before	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776	MAT	9	34	z2r7		ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	he drives out the demons	“he forces demons to leave”
777	MAT	9	34	q623		ἐκβάλλει	1	he drives out	The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus.
778	MAT	9	35	z6ya			0	General Information:	Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
779	MAT	9	35	xpp4	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 8:1 about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
780	MAT	9	35	x9ck	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	all the cities	The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
781	MAT	9	35	ehx5		πόλεις…κώμας	1	cities…villages	“large villages…small villages” or “large towns…small towns”
782	MAT	9	35	uz5e	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the gospel of the kingdom	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in Matthew 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
783	MAT	9	35	e7at		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
784	MAT	9	36	t47i	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	like sheep without a shepherd	This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “The people did not have a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
785	MAT	9	37	q95i			0	General Information:	Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
786	MAT	9	37	mur4	writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
787	MAT	9	37	m6ke		ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς	1	The harvest is plentiful	“There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
788	MAT	9	37	h3a2		ἐργάται	1	laborers	“workers”
789	MAT	9	38	vz8y		δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	urgently pray to the Lord of the harvest	“pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
790	MAT	10	intro	m5iu			0		Matthew 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The sending of the twelve disciples Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. “The kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
791	MAT	10	1	nhp2			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
792	MAT	10	1	gjs9	translate-numbers	καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Then he called his twelve disciples together	“summoned his 12 disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
793	MAT	10	1	x1er		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	gave them authority	Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was (1) to drive out unclean spirits and (2) to heal disease and sickness.
794	MAT	10	1	pq8k		ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ	1	to drive them out	“to make the unclean spirits leave”
795	MAT	10	1	x29j		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness.	“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
796	MAT	10	2	yt7a			0	General Information:	Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
797	MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
798	MAT	10	2	f1vu		τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	the twelve apostles	This is the same group as the “twelve disciples” in Matthew 10:1.
799	MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
800	MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	“Matthew, who was a tax collector”
801	MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	Possible meanings are (1) “the Zealot” is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) “the Zealot” is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
802	MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who would also betray him	“who would betray Jesus”
803	MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
804	MAT	10	5	aw5h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
805	MAT	10	5	c46d		τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	These twelve Jesus sent out	“Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
806	MAT	10	5	yix4		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent out	Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
807	MAT	10	5	ryl4		παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς	1	He instructed them	“He told them what they needed to do” or “He commanded them”
808	MAT	10	6	q1pb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
809	MAT	10	6	b6i2	figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	house of Israel	This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” or “descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
810	MAT	10	7	uff2	figs-you	πορευόμενοι	1	as you go	Here “you” is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
811	MAT	10	7	w59i	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven has come near	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
812	MAT	10	8	e13x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
813	MAT	10	8	v5sp	figs-you	θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε	1	Heal…raise…cleanse…cast out…you have received…give	These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
814	MAT	10	8	bb4d	figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	raise the dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
815	MAT	10	8	ilj9	figs-ellipsis	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here “freely” means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
816	MAT	10	8	ls6j	figs-metaphor	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Here “received” is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and “give” is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	MAT	10	9	dw4i	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
818	MAT	10	9	a4xx	figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	any gold, or silver, or copper	These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
819	MAT	10	9	b4m7		τὰς ζώνας	1	purses	This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.
820	MAT	10	10	kia9		πήραν	1	traveling bag	This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
821	MAT	10	10	i2ex		δύο χιτῶνας	1	two tunics	Use the same word you used for “tunic” in Matthew 5:40.
822	MAT	10	10	ei4d		ὁ ἐργάτης	1	the laborer	worker
823	MAT	10	10	m97h	figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	his food	Here “food” refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
824	MAT	10	11	dk1r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
825	MAT	10	11	b7ig		εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε	1	Whatever city or village you enter into	“Whenever you enter a city or village” or “When you go into any city or village”
826	MAT	10	11	p4ln		πόλιν…κώμην	1	city…village	“large village…small village” or “large town…small town.” See how you translated this in Matthew 9:35.
827	MAT	10	11	r7kj	figs-you	εἰσέλθητε	1	you enter	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
828	MAT	10	11	c3uf		ἄξιός	1	worthy	A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
829	MAT	10	11	a41d	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	stay there until you leave	The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
830	MAT	10	12	n6cm	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	As you enter into the house, greet it	The phrase “greet it” means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here “house” represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
831	MAT	10	12	k1xk	figs-you	εἰσερχόμενοι	1	As you enter	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
832	MAT	10	13	qip2	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your…your	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
833	MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house is worthy…it is not worthy	Here “the house” represents those who live in the house. A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is “not worthy,” a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834	MAT	10	13	q75a	figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	let your peace come upon it	The word “it” refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835	MAT	10	13	ha8f	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	if it is not worthy	The word “it” means the house. Here “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
836	MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace come back to you	Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
837	MAT	10	14	yn9k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
838	MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	As for those who do not receive you or listen to	“If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen”
839	MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you…your	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
840	MAT	10	14	z826	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν	1	listen to your words	Here “words” refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
841	MAT	10	14	hi3i		πόλεως	1	city	You should translate this the same way you did in Matthew 10:11.
842	MAT	10	14	i5mc	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	shake off the dust from your feet	“shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
843	MAT	10	15	pk4f		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
844	MAT	10	15	d6ib		ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται	1	it shall be more tolerable	“the suffering shall be less”
845	MAT	10	15	sg3c	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	the land of Sodom and Gomorrah	This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
846	MAT	10	15	zmm2	figs-metonymy	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	that city	This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
847	MAT	10	16	lf4i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
848	MAT	10	16	ggp6		ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω	1	See, I send out	The word “See” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look, I send” or “Listen, send” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send”
849	MAT	10	16	c9bi		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς	1	I send you out	Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
850	MAT	10	16	b262	figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	as sheep in the midst of wolves	Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
851	MAT	10	16	s21a	figs-simile	γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
852	MAT	10	17	a55q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς	1	Watch out for people! For they will deliver you up	You can translate with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “Watch out for people because they will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
853	MAT	10	17	csc4		παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς	1	they will deliver you up to	“will put you under the control of”
854	MAT	10	17	fct4		συνέδρια	1	councils	local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community
855	MAT	10	17	gs2d		μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will whip you	“beat you with a whip”
856	MAT	10	18	pe3d	figs-activepassive	ἀχθήσεσθε	1	you will be brought	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will bring you” or “they will drag you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
857	MAT	10	18	p74k		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
858	MAT	10	18	u5wc		αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to them and to the Gentiles	The pronoun “them” refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
859	MAT	10	19	ksi4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
860	MAT	10	19	e5t6		ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	When they deliver you up	“When people take you to the councils.” The “people” here are the same “people” as in Matthew 10:17.
861	MAT	10	19	qcs3	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῖν	1	you…you	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
862	MAT	10	19	qzd2		μὴ μεριμνήσητε	1	do not be anxious about	“do not worry”
863	MAT	10	19	ien3	figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	how or what you will speak	“how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
864	MAT	10	19	l7rb	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν…τί λαλήσητε	1	for what to say will be given to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
865	MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here “hour” means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
866	MAT	10	20	yuk1	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	you…your…you	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
867	MAT	10	20	v9tm		τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	If necessary, this can be translated as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
868	MAT	10	20	k3xr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
869	MAT	10	20	zxd8		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	“through you”
870	MAT	10	21	i8q5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
871	MAT	10	21	p9ms		παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Brother will deliver up brother to death	“One brother will deliver up his brother to death” or “Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death.” Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
872	MAT	10	21	lh6z	figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	will deliver up brother to death	The abstract noun “death” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “hand brother over to authorties who will execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
873	MAT	10	21	p8w9	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
874	MAT	10	21	xja9		ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ	1	rise up against	“rebel against” or “turn against”
875	MAT	10	21	xf2d	figs-activepassive	θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	cause them to be put to death	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
876	MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	You will be hated by everyone	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” or “All people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
877	MAT	10	22	va6i	figs-you	ἔσεσθε	1	You will be	This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
878	MAT	10	22	n3xn	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879	MAT	10	22	k5w9		ὁ…ὑπομείνας	1	whoever endures	“whoever stays faithful”
880	MAT	10	22	j71i		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether the “end” means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
881	MAT	10	22	qn7j	figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	that person will be saved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
882	MAT	10	23	m42z		ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city	Here “this” does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
883	MAT	10	23	jjd4		φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	flee to the next	“flee to the next city”
884	MAT	10	23	gk1s		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
885	MAT	10	23	dk4u	figs-123person	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
886	MAT	10	23	tm8z		ἔλθῃ	1	comes	“arrives”
887	MAT	10	24	uv9r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
888	MAT	10	24	p8mr	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	A disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor a servant above his master	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
889	MAT	10	24	syb2		οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not greater than his teacher	“A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
890	MAT	10	24	nc3e		οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	nor a servant above his master	“and a servant is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his servant”
891	MAT	10	25	e2ae		ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	It is enough for the disciple that he should be like his teacher	“The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
892	MAT	10	25	t7jp	figs-explicit	γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	be like his teacher	If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the teacher. Alternate translation: “know as much as his teacher knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
893	MAT	10	25	e6z3	figs-explicit	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	the servant like his master	If necessary, you can make explicit how the servant becomes like the master. Alternate translation: “the servant should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
894	MAT	10	25	u355		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	If they have called…how much worse…the members of his household	Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
895	MAT	10	25	bg2l		πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	how much worse the members of his household	“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
896	MAT	10	25	cp96		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	If they have called	“Since people have called”
897	MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	the master of the house	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
898	MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
899	MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
900	MAT	10	26	zb2j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
901	MAT	10	26	twv2		μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	do not fear them	Here “them” refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
902	MAT	10	26	xqs4	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
903	MAT	10	27	fa1s	figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
904	MAT	10	27	kw75	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight	Here “darkness” is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here “daylight” is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
905	MAT	10	27	fc49	figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	what you hear softly in your ear	This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
906	MAT	10	27	t9u9	figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	proclaim upon the housetops	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here “housetops” refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
907	MAT	10	28	s6wq			0	General Information:	Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
908	MAT	10	28	p3fn			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
909	MAT	10	28	fb29	figs-distinguish	καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul	This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
910	MAT	10	28	lc56		τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα	1	those who kill the body	This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as “kill you” or “kill other people.”
911	MAT	10	28	ei7y		τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
912	MAT	10	28	e4de		τὴν…ψυχὴν…ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to kill the soul	This means to harm people after they have physically died.
913	MAT	10	28	e76n		τὴν…ψυχὴν	1	the soul	the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
914	MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-words-phrases	φοβεῖσθε…τὸν δυνάμενον	1	fear him who is able	You can add “because” to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: “fear God because he is able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
915	MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin?	Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
916	MAT	10	29	q22l	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
917	MAT	10	29	i399		ἀσσαρίου	1	a small coin	This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “very little money”
918	MAT	10	29	wxt4	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	not one of them falls to the ground without your Father’s knowledge	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
919	MAT	10	29	fe8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
920	MAT	10	30	cih3	figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	even the hairs of your head are all numbered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
921	MAT	10	30	nb7b		ἠριθμημέναι	1	numbered	“counted”
922	MAT	10	31	n2tz		πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς	1	You are more valuable than many sparrows	“God values you more than many sparrows”
923	MAT	10	32	jtw9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
924	MAT	10	32	ntt9		πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	everyone who confesses me…I will also confess him before my Father	“whoever confesses me…I will also confess before my Father” or “if anyone confesses me…I will also confess him before my Father”
925	MAT	10	32	yj44		ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	confesses me before men	“tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
926	MAT	10	32	j4dh	figs-ellipsis	ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also confess him before my Father who is in heaven	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
927	MAT	10	32	kdd2		τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	my Father who is in heaven	“my heavenly Father”
928	MAT	10	32	n1nb	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
929	MAT	10	33	sx8g		ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	whoever denies me…I will also deny him before my Father	“whoever denies me…I will also deny before my Father” or “if anyone denies me…I will also deny him before my Father”
930	MAT	10	33	d15s		ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	denies me before men	“denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
931	MAT	10	33	cnu3	figs-ellipsis	ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also deny him before my Father who is in heaven	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
932	MAT	10	34	bx73			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
933	MAT	10	34	rrp3		μὴ νομίσητε	1	Do not think	“Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
934	MAT	10	34	l5ad	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	upon the earth	This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
935	MAT	10	34	jq6d	figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	a sword	This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
936	MAT	10	35	xx5m		διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ	1	to set a man against	“to cause…to fight against”
937	MAT	10	35	k18y		ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	a man against his father	“a son against his father”
938	MAT	10	36	lhc2		καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	A man’s enemies	“A person’s enemies” or “A person’s worst enemies”
939	MAT	10	36	g166		οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	those of his own household	“members of his own family”
940	MAT	10	37	ju1k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
941	MAT	10	37	x1xg	figs-gendernotations	ὁ φιλῶν…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	He who loves…is not worthy	Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love…are not worthy” or “If you love…you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
942	MAT	10	37	az6t		ὁ φιλῶν	1	He who loves	The word for “love” here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”
943	MAT	10	37	fb3p		μου ἄξιος	1	worthy of me	“deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
944	MAT	10	38	ye95	figs-metonymy	λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	pick up his cross and follow after me	“carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
945	MAT	10	38	ai2r		λαμβάνει	1	pick up	“take up” or “pick up and carry”
946	MAT	10	39	u4jh	writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας…εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	He who finds his life will lose it. But he who loses…will find it	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives…will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life…you will find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
947	MAT	10	39	jwf2	figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν	1	He who finds	This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “tries to keep” or “tries to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
948	MAT	10	39	pbf3	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	MAT	10	39	i3x4	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	he who loses his life	This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “who denies himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
950	MAT	10	39	hz7r		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in Matthew 10:18.
951	MAT	10	39	g2c8	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	MAT	10	40	u2wq			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
953	MAT	10	40	asg3	figs-gendernotations	ὁ δεχόμενος	1	He who welcomes	The word “He” refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: “Whoever” or “Anyone who” or “The one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
954	MAT	10	40	c77e		ὁ δεχόμενος	1	He who welcomes	This means to receive someone as a guest.
955	MAT	10	40	ir49	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
956	MAT	10	40	pf1j		ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	He who welcomes you welcomes me	Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
957	MAT	10	40	y9ck		ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me	This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me” or “If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
958	MAT	10	41	g43d		εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου	1	because he is a prophet	Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
959	MAT	10	41	yj1q		μισθὸν προφήτου	1	a prophet’s reward	This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
960	MAT	10	41	gjf3		εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	because he is a righteous man	Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
961	MAT	10	41	qfv7		μισθὸν δικαίου	1	a righteous man’s reward	This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
962	MAT	10	42	wx4a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
963	MAT	10	42	v6jg		καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	Whoever gives to drink	“Anyone who gives”
964	MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	one of these little ones	“one of these lowly ones” or “the least important of these.” The phrase “one of these” here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
965	MAT	10	42	lza6		εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	because he is a disciple	“because he is my disciple.” Here “he” does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.
966	MAT	10	42	wx29		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
967	MAT	10	42	y1ie		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not lose his reward	Here “he” and “his” refer to the one who is giving.
968	MAT	10	42	d61l		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he will certainly not lose	“God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
969	MAT	11	intro	puf4			0		Matthew 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10. Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him. Special concepts in this chapter Hidden revelation After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
970	MAT	11	1	z2y7	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
971	MAT	11	1	dr3u		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	It came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
972	MAT	11	1	ki7f		ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων	1	had finished instructing	“had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding.”
973	MAT	11	1	m6h5	translate-numbers	τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	his twelve disciples	This refers to the twelve chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
974	MAT	11	1	ju1q		ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	in their cities	Here “their” refers to all the Jews in general.
975	MAT	11	2	n2dc		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
976	MAT	11	2	f3j7		ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	when John heard in the prison about	“When John, who was in prison, heard about” or “When someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
977	MAT	11	2	xre1		πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	he sent a message by his disciples	John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
978	MAT	11	3	w2im		εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	said to him	The pronoun “him” refers to Jesus.
979	MAT	11	3	q89t		σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Are you the one who is coming	“Are you the one whom we are expecting to come.” This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
980	MAT	11	3	hrk5		ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	should we look for another?	“should we be expecting someone else.” The pronoun “we” refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.
981	MAT	11	4	a66r		ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ	1	report to John	“tell John”
982	MAT	11	5	sd6c	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
983	MAT	11	5	v274	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are being raised back to life	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” or “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
984	MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	the gospel is being preached to the poor	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
985	MAT	11	5	l443	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοὶ	1	the poor	This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
986	MAT	11	7	g2q8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
987	MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the desert to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed…wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
988	MAT	11	7	pc6c	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	a reed being shaken by the wind	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
989	MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
990	MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man…clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
991	MAT	11	8	y24r		ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothing	“wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
992	MAT	11	8	tmb9		ἰδοὺ	1	Really	This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
993	MAT	11	8	v9k2		τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων	1	kings’ houses	“kings’ palaces”
994	MAT	11	9	cgm4			0	General Information:	In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
995	MAT	11	9	w9su			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
996	MAT	11	9	gm97	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	But what did you go out to see—a prophet?	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
997	MAT	11	9	nkd4		ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Yes, I say to you	“I say to you yes,”
998	MAT	11	9	fb75	figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	much more than a prophet	This can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
999	MAT	11	10	de17	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he of whom it was written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1000	MAT	11	10	ql5h		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου	1	I am sending my messenger	The pronouns “I” and “my” refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
1001	MAT	11	10	fi5e	figs-you	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here “your” is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, “face” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1002	MAT	11	10	kva7	figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	will prepare your way before you	This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	MAT	11	11	c7pp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1004	MAT	11	11	j7gw		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1005	MAT	11	11	z5yq	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1006	MAT	11	11	q2kp		μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	no one is greater than John the Baptist	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
1007	MAT	11	11	cag4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the least important person in the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1008	MAT	11	11	p5ir		μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he is	“is more important than John is”
1009	MAT	11	12	mb4v		ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	From the days of John the Baptist	“From the time John began preaching his message.” The word “days” probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
1010	MAT	11	12	inr2		ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force	There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
1011	MAT	11	13	v3el			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1012	MAT	11	13	g1i6	figs-metonymy	πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John	Here “prophets and the law” refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1013	MAT	11	14	yg2f	figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	if you are willing	Here “you” is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1014	MAT	11	14	e68u		αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	he is Elijah who was going to come	The word “he” refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
1015	MAT	11	15	z97x	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	He who has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1016	MAT	11	15	w4cc	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων…ἀκουέτω	1	He who has…let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1017	MAT	11	16	q1s5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1018	MAT	11	16	mp8g	figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	To what should I compare this generation?	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “This is what this generation is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1019	MAT	11	16	yat1		τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	this generation	“the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
1020	MAT	11	16	l7km		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplace	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
1021	MAT	11	17	wn37			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
1022	MAT	11	17	ai4e	figs-parables	λέγουσιν…καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	and say…and you did not weep	Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1023	MAT	11	17	d916	figs-you	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We played a flute for you	“We” refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here “you” is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1024	MAT	11	17	j5jd		καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε	1	and you did not dance	“but you did not dance to the happy music”
1025	MAT	11	17	t723	figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	We mourned	This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026	MAT	11	17	f87l		καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	and you did not weep	“but you did not cry with us”
1027	MAT	11	18	svc9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1028	MAT	11	18	qe7y	figs-synecdoche	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	not eating or drinking	Here “bread” refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1029	MAT	11	18	p4ql	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	they say, ‘He has a demon.’	This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1030	MAT	11	18	kd4q		λέγουσιν	1	they say	All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
1031	MAT	11	19	iwk8	figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man came	Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1032	MAT	11	19	gs6z		ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	came eating and drinking	This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
1033	MAT	11	19	x4ec	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης…ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners!’	This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being…sinners.” If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1034	MAT	11	19	d6gu		ἄνθρωπος, φάγος	1	he is a gluttonous man	“he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
1035	MAT	11	19	pv4n		οἰνοπότης	1	a drunkard	“a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
1036	MAT	11	19	vwk4	writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	But wisdom is justified by her children	This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1037	MAT	11	19	dz3c	figs-personification	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by her children	Here “wisdom” is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1038	MAT	11	20	bwq8			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1039	MAT	11	20	w4g8	figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	to rebuke the cities	Here “the cities” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1040	MAT	11	20	fxs4		πόλεις	1	cities	“towns”
1041	MAT	11	20	t51a	figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	in which most of his mighty deeds were done	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his mighty deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1042	MAT	11	20	wh1g		αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	mighty deeds	“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
1043	MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1044	MAT	11	21	tv81	figs-you	οὐαί σοι	1	Woe to you	“How terrible it will be for you.” Here “you” is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1045	MAT	11	21	y9d3	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι	1	Chorazin…Bethsaida…Tyre…Sidon	The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1046	MAT	11	21	lh46	figs-hypo	εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ	1	If the mighty deeds…in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1047	MAT	11	21	tm59	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you	This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: “If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048	MAT	11	21	k3in	figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which were done in you	Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1049	MAT	11	21	bqi8		πάλαι…μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented long ago	The pronoun “they” refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
1050	MAT	11	21	qx9m		μετενόησαν	1	would have repented	“would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
1051	MAT	11	22	mr18	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you	Here “Tyre and Sidon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1052	MAT	11	22	ab14	figs-you	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1053	MAT	11	23	udw1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1054	MAT	11	23	vpz6	figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	You, Capernaum	Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. The pronoun “you” is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout these two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1055	MAT	11	23	h8av	figs-you	σύ	1	You	All occurrences of “you” are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1056	MAT	11	23	fj7d	figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις	1	Capernaum…Sodom	The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1057	MAT	11	23	aa7t	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	“do you think you will be raised up to heaven?” Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. It can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: “you cannot raise yourself up to heaven!” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven!” or “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058	MAT	11	23	d54d	figs-activepassive	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	you will be brought down to Hades	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1059	MAT	11	23	vk57	figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις…ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	For if in Sodom…it would have remained until today	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1060	MAT	11	23	z279	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	if in Sodom there had been done the mighty deeds that were done in you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1061	MAT	11	23	e2t7		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
1062	MAT	11	23	yih1		ἔμεινεν	1	it would have remained	The pronoun “it” refers to the city of Sodom.
1063	MAT	11	24	y1e3		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1064	MAT	11	24	e3pa	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί	1	it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you	Here “land of Sodom” refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1065	MAT	11	24	yk3z	figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	than for you	The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1066	MAT	11	25	f57a			0	General Information:	In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
1067	MAT	11	25	h5x4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1068	MAT	11	25	u9cy	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	“Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase “heaven and earth” is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1069	MAT	11	25	p1gl		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	you concealed these things…and revealed them	It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths…and revealed them”
1070	MAT	11	25	lk8f		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ	1	you concealed these things from	“you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” This verb is the opposite of “revealed.”
1071	MAT	11	25	qw5c	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	from the wise and understanding	These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1072	MAT	11	25	las9	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and understanding	Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1073	MAT	11	25	uwu5		ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	revealed them	“made them known.” The pronoun “them” refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
1074	MAT	11	25	b6w5	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	to little children	Jesus compares ignorant people to little children. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	MAT	11	26	qp7t	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	for so it was well-pleasing in your sight	The phrase “in your sight” is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1076	MAT	11	27	yk5w	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been entrusted to me from my Father	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1077	MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	Possible meanings are (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
1078	MAT	11	27	j3vk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1079	MAT	11	27	s1as		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows the Son except the Father	“only the Father knows the Son”
1080	MAT	11	27	rt5b		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	no one knows	The word “knows” here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
1081	MAT	11	27	esp4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1082	MAT	11	27	l8xe	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1083	MAT	11	27	w6yq		οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows the Father except the Son	“only the Son knows the Father”
1084	MAT	11	28	q9x1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
1085	MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες	1	all you	All occurrences of “you” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1086	MAT	11	28	t2jj	figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	who labor and are heavy burdened	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087	MAT	11	28	f1w4		κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	I will give you rest	“I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
1088	MAT	11	29	q1ya	figs-metaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Take my yoke on you	Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1089	MAT	11	29	t1rh	figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	I am meek and lowly in heart	Here “meek” and “lowly in heart” mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1090	MAT	11	29	i3qs	figs-metonymy	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	lowly in heart	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “lowly in heart” is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1091	MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	you will find rest for your souls	Here “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1092	MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1093	MAT	11	30	tc2g		τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	my burden is light	The word “light” here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
1094	MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		Matthew 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The Sabbath This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) “Blasphemy against the Spirit” No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Brothers and sisters Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
1095	MAT	12	1	u1f2			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
1096	MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
1097	MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1098	MAT	12	1	yrf8		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and eat them	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1099	MAT	12	1	zz4r		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and eat them	“to pick some of the wheat and eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and eat it”
1100	MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	This is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
1101	MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1102	MAT	12	2	mch7		οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	This does not mean all of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
1103	MAT	12	2	nh12		ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	See, your disciples	“Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.
1104	MAT	12	3	mzn1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1105	MAT	12	3	et11		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the Pharisees”
1106	MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε…μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1	Have you never read…with him?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read about…with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1107	MAT	12	4	blm5		τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
1108	MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	bread of the presence	This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1109	MAT	12	4	c6a8		τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	those who were with him	“the men who were with David”
1110	MAT	12	4	lkx9		εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	but only for the priests	“but, according to the law, only the priest could eat it”
1111	MAT	12	5	tjh3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1112	MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι…ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that…but are guiltless?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that…but are guiltless.” or “You should know that the law teaches that…but are guiltless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1113	MAT	12	5	dqe9		τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	“do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
1114	MAT	12	5	i6y9		ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	are guiltless	“God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
1115	MAT	12	6	ji7a		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1116	MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν	1	one greater than the temple is	“someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1117	MAT	12	7	rh53			0	General Information:	In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
1118	MAT	12	7	vye2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1119	MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	If you had known what this meant, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the guiltless	Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1120	MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
1121	MAT	12	7	jw57		θέλω	1	I desire	The pronoun “I” refers to God.
1122	MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the guiltless	This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1123	MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1124	MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
1125	MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
1126	MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	Then Jesus left from there	“Jesus left the grainfields” or “Then Jesus left”
1127	MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	Possible meanings are (1) the word “their” refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) the word “their” refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word “their” does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
1128	MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1129	MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	a man who had a withered hand	“a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “a man with a crippled hand”
1130	MAT	12	10	t948		καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	The Pharisees asked Jesus, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?” so that they might accuse him of sinning	“The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
1131	MAT	12	10	gdj6		εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath	“According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath”
1132	MAT	12	10	c1cc	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him of sinning	They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1133	MAT	12	11	g98l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1134	MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν…οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man would there be among you, who, if he had just one sheep…would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep…would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1135	MAT	12	12	s2tu		πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep!	The phrase “how much more” adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”
1136	MAT	12	12	a9ld		ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath	“those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law”
1137	MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then Jesus said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1138	MAT	12	13	ljl6		τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	to the man	“to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
1139	MAT	12	13	fm9r		ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα	1	Stretch out your hand	“Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
1140	MAT	12	13	s5ep		ἐξέτεινεν	1	He stretched it out	“The man stretched”
1141	MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1142	MAT	12	14	w4zl		συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	plotted against him	“planned to harm Jesus”
1143	MAT	12	14	jdn2		ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	as to how they might put him to death	“were discussing how they might kill Jesus”
1144	MAT	12	15	d4lk			0	General Information:	This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.
1145	MAT	12	15	d5l9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	As Jesus perceived this, he withdrew	“Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he”
1146	MAT	12	15	hw22		ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	he withdrew from there	“departed from” or “left”
1147	MAT	12	16	bk1n		μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	they not make him known	“not to tell anyone else about him”
1148	MAT	12	17	dc7z		ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	that it might come true, what had been said	The phrase “that it might come true” can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This was to fulfill what”
1149	MAT	12	17	mcd7		τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet, saying	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1150	MAT	12	18	zkt7			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
1151	MAT	12	18	f5kz		ἰδοὺ	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1152	MAT	12	18	fjw6		μου…ᾑρέτισα…θήσω	1	my…I have chosen…I will put	All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
1153	MAT	12	18	yv4f		ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased	“he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
1154	MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1155	MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles	The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1156	MAT	12	19	me7p			0	Connecting Statement:	Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
1157	MAT	12	19	hb2m	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	neither will anyone hear his voice	Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	MAT	12	19	gj1p		οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ	1	He will not strive…his	All occurrences of these words refer to God’s chosen servant.
1159	MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1160	MAT	12	20	ii4c		οὐ κατεάξει	1	He will not break	All occurrences of “he” refer to God’s chosen servant.
1161	MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both “bruised reed” and “smoking flax” represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1162	MAT	12	20	m4uz		κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	bruised reed	“damaged plant”
1163	MAT	12	20	y8mn		λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	“he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
1164	MAT	12	20	bjg2		λίνον τυφόμενον	1	a smoking flax	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
1165	MAT	12	20	rer7		λίνον…ἕως	1	flax, until	This can be translated with a new sentence: “flax. This is what he will do until”
1166	MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he leads justice to victory	Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1167	MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1168	MAT	12	22	nba2			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
1169	MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Then someone blind and mute, possessed by a demon, was brought to Jesus	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1170	MAT	12	22	k2vt		προσηνέχθη…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone blind and mute	“someone who could not see and could not talk”
1171	MAT	12	23	gy5z		καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	All the crowds were amazed	“All the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
1172	MAT	12	23	ink7		ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
1173	MAT	12	23	h8kf		υἱὸς	1	Son	Here this means “descendant of.”
1174	MAT	12	24	m2jr			0	General Information:	In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1175	MAT	12	24	wmi1		ἀκούσαντες	1	heard of this	This refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
1176	MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	This can be stated in a positive form. “This man is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1177	MAT	12	24	wj1y		οὗτος	1	This man	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
1178	MAT	12	24	cii4		ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	the prince of the demons	“the chief of the demons”
1179	MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1180	MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here “kingdom” refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1181	MAT	12	25	kn8c	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Here “city” refers to the people who live there, and “house” refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1182	MAT	12	26	gm6j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1183	MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	If Satan drives out Satan	The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1184	MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1185	MAT	12	27	nvv9		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
1186	MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1187	MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase “your sons” refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1188	MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	“Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
1189	MAT	12	28	f3n7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1190	MAT	12	28	zb4d		εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ	1	But if I	Here “if” does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
1191	MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	“then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192	MAT	12	28	f1wj	figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	come upon you	Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1193	MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν…τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει.	1	how can anyone enter into the house…he will steal his belongings from his house	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1194	MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν…ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how can anyone enter…without tying up the strong man first?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter…without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter…he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1195	MAT	12	29	jb6x		ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	without tying up the strong man first	“without taking control of the strong man first”
1196	MAT	12	29	u6vu		τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	Then he will steal his belongings	“The he can steal” or “Then he will be able to steal”
1197	MAT	12	30	ivp9		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one who is not with me	“who does not support me” or “who does not work with me”
1198	MAT	12	30	gyk8		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	“opposes me” or “works against me”
1199	MAT	12	30	ek1h	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1200	MAT	12	31	qwg4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1201	MAT	12	31	iy8l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1202	MAT	12	31	q5hk	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1203	MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1204	MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1205	MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man	Here “word” refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1206	MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1207	MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	that will be forgiven him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1208	MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	that will not be forgiven him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
1209	MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one that is coming	Here “this world” and “that which is to come” refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1210	MAT	12	33	d73d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1211	MAT	12	33	bi8z		ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
1212	MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good…bad	“healthy…diseased”
1213	MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	“Fruit” here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1214	MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1215	MAT	12	34	pl4g	figs-you	γεννήματα…λαλεῖν…ὄντες	1	You offspring…you say…you are	These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1216	MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν	1	how can you say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things.” or “you can only say evil things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1217	MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	Here “heart” is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1218	MAT	12	35	r3uw	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces good things, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces evil things	Jesus speaks about the “heart” as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1219	MAT	12	36	jvg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1220	MAT	12	36	era6		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1221	MAT	12	36	t2pj		οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ	1	people will give an account of	“God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”
1222	MAT	12	36	f1wh	figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	every idle word they will speak	Here “word” refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1223	MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified…you will be condemned	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you…God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1224	MAT	12	38	x4le			0	General Information:	In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1225	MAT	12	38	mec3			0	Connecting Statement:	The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
1226	MAT	12	38	aiu6		θέλομεν	1	we wish	“we want”
1227	MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1228	MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1229	MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς	1	adulterous generation	Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1230	MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1231	MAT	12	39	j21p		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1232	MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	three days and three nights	Here “day” and “night” mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1233	MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1234	MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1235	MAT	12	41	k3q6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1236	MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	“The citizens of Nineveh”
1237	MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
1238	MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1239	MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	and will condemn it	Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1240	MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and see	“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
1241	MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	someone greater	“someone more important”
1242	MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	someone greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1243	MAT	12	41	a5p8	figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	than Jonah is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1244	MAT	12	42	q8tb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1245	MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	Queen of the South	This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1246	MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	“will stand up at the judgment”
1247	MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:41.
1248	MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1249	MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	and condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 12:41. Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	She came from the ends of the earth	Here “ends of the earth” is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1251	MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	She came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. Alternate translation: “For she came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1252	MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and see	“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1253	MAT	12	42	aj1x		πλεῖον	1	someone greater	“someone more important”
1254	MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	someone greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1255	MAT	12	42	yra5	figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	than Solomon is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1256	MAT	12	43	ve5x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
1257	MAT	12	43	f5jr		ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	“dry places” or “places where no people live”
1258	MAT	12	43	x2ur		οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	does not find it	Here “it” refers to rest.
1259	MAT	12	44	gey7		τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came.’	This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came”
1260	MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I came	This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the place I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1261	MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty and swept out and put in order	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1262	MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Again, “house” is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, “swept out and put in order” suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1263	MAT	12	45	nh6q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words “When an unclean spirit” in verse 43.
1264	MAT	12	45	bhb4	figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται…καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Then it goes…with this evil generation also	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1265	MAT	12	45	jw1h		οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	It will be just like that with this evil generation also	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
1266	MAT	12	46	qj8w			0	General Information:	The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
1267	MAT	12	46	ahx7		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word “behold” alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1268	MAT	12	46	mh5f		ἡ μήτηρ	1	his mother	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
1269	MAT	12	46	dq8m		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word “brothers” here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
1270	MAT	12	46	z97j		ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι	1	seeking to speak	“wanting to speak”
1271	MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1272	MAT	12	48	q1cd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 12:1, where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
1273	MAT	12	48	jm1y	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	the one who told him	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1274	MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1275	MAT	12	49	gk62		ἰδοὺ	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1276	MAT	12	49	rxe8	figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	here are my mother and my brothers	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1277	MAT	12	50	e25c		ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever does	“anyone who does”
1278	MAT	12	50	mq9r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1279	MAT	12	50	gn31	figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	that person is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1280	MAT	13	intro	s3lu			0		Matthew 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament. This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 13:11). Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Metaphor Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message (Matthew 13:19). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (Matthew 13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Parables The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (Matthew 13:11-13).
1281	MAT	13	1	r4xv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
1282	MAT	13	1	vx5y		ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
1283	MAT	13	1	cy1t		ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας	1	went out of the house	It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
1284	MAT	13	1	zjb3	figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	sat beside the sea	It is implied that he sat down to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1285	MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα	1	so he got into a boat	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1286	MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1287	MAT	13	3	e99p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1288	MAT	13	3	f5mv		καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	Then he spoke many things to them in parables	“Jesus told them many things in parables”
1289	MAT	13	3	w5p3		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the people in the crowd”
1290	MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1291	MAT	13	3	ur64		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	a farmer went out to sow seed	“a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
1292	MAT	13	4	c6g6		καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	As he sowed	“As the farmer scattered the seed”
1293	MAT	13	4	v7r8		παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	beside the road	This refers to a “path” next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
1294	MAT	13	4	qr2d		κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	devoured them	“ate all the seeds”
1295	MAT	13	5	l2g6		τὰ πετρώδη	1	the rocky ground	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
1296	MAT	13	5	ql87		καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	Immediately they sprang up	“The seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
1297	MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1298	MAT	13	6	az8l		ἐξηράνθη	1	they withered away	“the plants became dry and died”
1299	MAT	13	7	dnm8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1300	MAT	13	7	ugc9		ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	fell among the thorn plants	“fell where plants with thorns grew”
1301	MAT	13	7	vt8z		ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	“choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
1302	MAT	13	8	iwv2		ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	produced a crop	“grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
1303	MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one hundred times as much, some sixty, and some thirty	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1304	MAT	13	8	ph2p	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα	1	one hundred…sixty…thirty	“100…60…30” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1305	MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	He who has ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1306	MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	He who has ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1307	MAT	13	10	p8yc			0	General Information:	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1308	MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given	This can be translated with the active form and with implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1309	MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been given to understand	The word “You” is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1310	MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1311	MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ἔχει	1	whoever has	“whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
1312	MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	will be given more	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1313	MAT	13	12	xsr5		ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει	1	whoever does not have	“whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
1314	MAT	13	12	bl5s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	even what he has will be taken away from him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1315	MAT	13	13	wc3u			0	General Information:	In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
1316	MAT	13	13	hm4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
1317	MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…βλέπουσιν	1	to them…they see	All occurrences of “them” and “they” refer to the people in the crowd.
1318	MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism		1	Though they are seeing, they do not see; and though they are hearing, they do not hear, or understand.	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1319	MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	Though they are seeing	Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “Though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to see”
1320	MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here “see” represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1321	MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	though they are hearing	Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “Though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to hear”
1322	MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here “hear” represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1323	MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1324	MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand; you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive.	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1325	MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand	“You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1326	MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1327	MAT	13	15	e8r5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
1328	MAT	13	15	lu8u	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For this people’s heart has become dull…I would heal them	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1329	MAT	13	15	fy7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	this people’s heart has become dull	Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1330	MAT	13	15	q87m	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	they are hard of hearing	They are not physically deaf. Here “hard of hearing” means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1331	MAT	13	15	y7t7	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	they have closed their eyes	They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1332	MAT	13	15	fl93		μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again	“so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
1333	MAT	13	15	sr25	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	understand with their hearts	The word “hearts” here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1334	MAT	13	15	ps56		ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they would turn again	“turn back to me” or “repent”
1335	MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I would heal them	“have me heal them.” This means God would heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1336	MAT	13	16	dc9t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1337	MAT	13	16	yhe4	figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1338	MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1339	MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your…your	All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1340	MAT	13	16	jp32	figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Here “ears” refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1341	MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1342	MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1343	MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things that you see	You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1344	MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things that you hear	You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1345	MAT	13	18	w35t			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in Matthew 13:3.
1346	MAT	13	19	v2d7		τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the word of the kingdom	“the message about God’s rule as king”
1347	MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1348	MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1349	MAT	13	19	pt4d		ἁρπάζει	1	snatches away	Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
1350	MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1351	MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here “heart” refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1352	MAT	13	19	wfd3		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is the seed that was sown beside the road	“This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
1353	MAT	13	19	xgz5		παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	beside the road	See how you translated this in Matthew 13:4.
1354	MAT	13	20	q3fp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1355	MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	That which was sown on rocky ground	The phrase “what was sown” refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1356	MAT	13	20	w4f9		ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	That which was sown on rocky ground, this is	“The rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “The rocky ground where seed fell represents”
1357	MAT	13	20	e3hm		ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	the person who hears the word	In the parable, the seed represents the word.
1358	MAT	13	20	cl6g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1359	MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receives it with joy	Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1360	MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, so he only endures a short time	“Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1361	MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	he soon falls away	Here “falls away” means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1362	MAT	13	22	sis7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1363	MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	That which was sown	This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that was sown” or “The seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1364	MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	That which was sown among the thorn plants	“The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
1365	MAT	13	22	anm5		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	this is the person	“this represents the person”
1366	MAT	13	22	a3u1		τὸν λόγον	1	the word	“the message” or “God’s teaching”
1367	MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1368	MAT	13	22	xa8r		μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	cares of this age	“the things in this world that people worry about”
1369	MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus describes “riches” as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1370	MAT	13	22	gn6z	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1371	MAT	13	23	xw4b		ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	That which was sown on the good soil	“The good soil where seeds were sown”
1372	MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ	1	He indeed bears fruit, some yielding	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1373	MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:8. Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1374	MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1375	MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like a man	The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1376	MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven is like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1377	MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	“good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1378	MAT	13	25	zn8v		ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	his enemy came	“his enemy came to the field”
1379	MAT	13	25	q4tv		ζιζάνια	1	weeds	These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
1380	MAT	13	26	lea1		ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	When the blades sprouted	“When the wheat seeds sprouted” or “When the plants came up”
1381	MAT	13	26	jgv9		καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	produced a crop	“produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
1382	MAT	13	26	tu4q		τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	then the weeds appeared also	“then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
1383	MAT	13	27	hz3q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1384	MAT	13	27	h51x		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	the landowner	This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
1385	MAT	13	27	gr7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	did you not sow good seed in your field?	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1386	MAT	13	27	fb86	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας	1	did you not sow	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1387	MAT	13	28	r83z		ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“The landowner said to the servants”
1388	MAT	13	28	num8		θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες	1	So do you want us	The word “us” refers to the servants.
1389	MAT	13	29	shs3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1390	MAT	13	29	c9jc		ὁ δέ φησιν	1	But he said	“The landowner said to his servants”
1391	MAT	13	30	z36a	figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn.”	You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1392	MAT	13	30	ll14		τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	barn	a farm building that can be used for storing grain
1393	MAT	13	31	tdf4	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1394	MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven is like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1395	MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	mustard seed	a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1396	MAT	13	32	gyi1	figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	It is indeed the smallest of all seeds	Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	MAT	13	32	x65d		ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	But when it has grown	“But when the plant has grown”
1398	MAT	13	32	um9k		μεῖζον…ἐστὶν	1	it is greater than	“it is larger than”
1399	MAT	13	32	g6v8		γίνεται δένδρον	1	It becomes a tree	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
1400	MAT	13	32	c9te		τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	birds of the air	“birds”
1401	MAT	13	33	a1th	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1402	MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1403	MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven is like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1404	MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measures of flour	Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1405	MAT	13	33	c35r	figs-explicit	ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	until all the dough had risen	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	MAT	13	34	f9gl			0	General Information:	Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
1407	MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he spoke nothing to them without a parable	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1408	MAT	13	34	n54e		ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at Matthew 13:1.
1409	MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he spoke nothing to them without a parable	“he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1410	MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through the prophet might come true, when he said	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1411	MAT	13	35	p3tb		λέγοντος	1	when he said	“when the prophet said”
1412	MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1413	MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	things that were hidden	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1414	MAT	13	35	th8t		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	“since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
1415	MAT	13	36	pq2h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in Matthew 13:24.
1416	MAT	13	36	x5w7		ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	went into the house	“went indoors” or “went into the house where he was staying”
1417	MAT	13	37	aj8f		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	He who sows the good seed	“The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
1418	MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1419	MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	the sons of the kingdom	The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1420	MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	Here “kingdom” refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1421	MAT	13	38	edu7	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the evil one	The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1422	MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	the enemy who sowed them	“the enemy who sowed the weeds”
1423	MAT	13	40	ei3v			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
1424	MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and burned with fire	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1425	MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1426	MAT	13	41	ptw9		τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	those who commit iniquity	“those who are lawless” or “evil people”
1427	MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1428	MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1429	MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	shine like the sun	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1430	MAT	13	43	sea2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1431	MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	He who has ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1432	MAT	13	43	sak5	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουέτω	1	He who…let him	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1433	MAT	13	44	n7nz	figs-simile		0	General Information:	In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1434	MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1435	MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven is like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1436	MAT	13	44	u9jq	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	like a treasure hidden in a field	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1437	MAT	13	44	k9rh		θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
1438	MAT	13	44	hu7f		ἔκρυψεν	1	hid it	“covered it up”
1439	MAT	13	44	jtv2	figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	sells everything that he possesses, and buys that field	The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440	MAT	13	45	c633	figs-simile	ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man who is a merchant looking for valuable pearls	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1441	MAT	13	45	khy6		ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man who is a merchant	a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
1442	MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	valuable pearls	A “pearl” is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine pearls” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1443	MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1444	MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	the kingdom of heaven is like a net	The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1445	MAT	13	47	rjm4	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven is like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1446	MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net that was cast into the sea	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1447	MAT	13	47	kbz2		βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	was cast into the sea	“was thrown into the sea”
1448	MAT	13	47	t9v6		ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	gathered fish of every kind	“caught all kinds of fish”
1449	MAT	13	48	kf47		ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	drew it up on the beach	“pulled the net up onto the beach” or “pulled the net ashore”
1450	MAT	13	48	cnp7		τὰ καλὰ	1	the good fish	“the good ones”
1451	MAT	13	48	qi2z		τὰ…σαπρὰ	1	the worthless things	“the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
1452	MAT	13	48	aqu2		ἔβαλον	1	threw away	“did not keep”
1453	MAT	13	49	nql6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
1454	MAT	13	49	q1ms		ἐξελεύσονται	1	will come	“will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
1455	MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1456	MAT	13	50	hwv1		βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	They will throw them	“The angels will throw the wicked people”
1457	MAT	13	50	j8nf	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:42. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1458	MAT	13	50	mc8t	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1459	MAT	13	51	d3wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
1460	MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” The disciples said to him, “Yes.”	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1461	MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1462	MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	is like a man who is the owner of a house, who draws out old and new things from his treasure	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1463	MAT	13	52	g59c		τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	treasure	A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
1464	MAT	13	53	jwv2		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	Then it came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
1465	MAT	13	54	qnh9			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 17:27, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
1466	MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his own region	“his hometown.” This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1467	MAT	13	54	j6vb		ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	in their synagogue	The pronoun “their” is referring to the people of the region.
1468	MAT	13	54	it1f		ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	they were astonished	“they were amazed”
1469	MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	Where does this man get this wisdom and these miraculous powers?	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” or “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1470	MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this man the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary? Are not his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1471	MAT	13	55	rpj9		ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If “carpenter” is not known, “builder” can be used.
1472	MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	Are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “And all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1473	MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Where did he get all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1474	MAT	13	56	pqf1		ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	This refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
1475	MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	They were offended by him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “The people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1476	MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1477	MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his own country	“his own region” or “his own hometown”
1478	MAT	13	57	w4x8		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	“in his own home”
1479	MAT	13	58	e2cp		οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	He did not do many miracles there	“Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
1480	MAT	14	intro	g5mc			0		Matthew 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see Matthew 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (Matthew 14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1481	MAT	14	1	zl7x	figs-events		0	General Information:	These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1482	MAT	14	1	q8h5		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	About that time	“In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
1483	MAT	14	1	l9ur		ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ	1	heard the news about Jesus	“heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
1484	MAT	14	2	pd1b		εἶπεν	1	He said	“Herod said”
1485	MAT	14	2	nx7x		ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has risen from the dead	The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
1486	MAT	14	2	vve7		διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Therefore these powers are at work in him	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
1487	MAT	14	3	y57m			0	General Information:	Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
1488	MAT	14	3	zgp9	figs-events		0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1489	MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1490	MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	Philip’s wife	Philip was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1491	MAT	14	4	d3gp	figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ…ὁ Ἰωάννης…ἔχειν αὐτήν	1	For John has said…to have her	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1492	MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John had said to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1493	MAT	14	4	r8lh		ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	For John had said to him	“For John had kept saying to Herod”
1494	MAT	14	4	nb2j	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	It is not lawful	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1495	MAT	14	5	hg9f		ἐφοβήθη	1	he feared	“Herod feared”
1496	MAT	14	5	w7uv		αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	they regarded him	“they regarded John”
1497	MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in their midst	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1498	MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	After being instructed by her mother	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1499	MAT	14	8	wi8s		ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	After being instructed	“coached” or “told”
1500	MAT	14	8	ya5z		φησίν	1	she said	“the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
1501	MAT	14	8	ruy4		πίνακι	1	a platter	a very large plate
1502	MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	The king was very upset	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1503	MAT	14	9	a1er		ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	The king	“King Herod”
1504	MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	he ordered that it be granted to her	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1505	MAT	14	10	nes5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
1506	MAT	14	11	nd5r	figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1507	MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	a very large plate
1508	MAT	14	11	lqb6		τῷ κορασίῳ	1	the girl	Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
1509	MAT	14	12	fl47		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	“the disciples of John”
1510	MAT	14	12	ni1q		τὸ πτῶμα	1	the corpse	“the dead body”
1511	MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they went and told Jesus	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1512	MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1513	MAT	14	13	ql1f			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.
1514	MAT	14	13	ds5w		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1515	MAT	14	13	dvq4		ἀκούσας	1	heard this	“heard what happened to John” or “heard the news about John”
1516	MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ἀνεχώρησεν	1	he withdrew	“he left” or “he went away from the crowd.” It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1517	MAT	14	13	zlh8		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	“from that place”
1518	MAT	14	13	i7uu		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	When the crowds heard of it	“When the crowds heard where Jesus had gone” or “When the crowds heard that he had left”
1519	MAT	14	13	u6nr		οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds	“the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
1520	MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1521	MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν, εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον	1	Then Jesus came before them and saw the large crowd	“When Jesus came ashore, he saw a large crowd”
1522	MAT	14	15	gcu9			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
1523	MAT	14	15	xa7n		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples came to him	“Jesus’ disciples came to him”
1524	MAT	14	16	qwk1		οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	They have no need	“The people in the crowd have no need”
1525	MAT	14	16	r5gd	figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	You give them something	The word “You” is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1526	MAT	14	17	tm5t		οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They said to him	“The disciples said to Jesus”
1527	MAT	14	17	ih48		πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves of bread	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
1528	MAT	14	18	szx6		φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Bring them here to me	“Bring the loaves and fish to me”
1529	MAT	14	19	yne5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
1530	MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to sit down	“lie down.” Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
1531	MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	He took	“He held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1532	MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	broke the loaves	“tore the loaves”
1533	MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	“loaves of bread” or “whole breads”
1534	MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Looking up	Possible meanings are (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”
1535	MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1536	MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1537	MAT	14	20	czj4	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις	1	twelve baskets full	“12 baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1538	MAT	14	21	wv59		οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Those who ate	“Those who ate the bread and the fish”
1539	MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	five thousand men	“5,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1540	MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
1541	MAT	14	22	eaa8			0	Connecting Statement:	The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
1542	MAT	14	22	wt1t		καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	Immediately he made	“As soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he”
1543	MAT	14	23	d27u		ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	When evening came	“Late in the evening” or “When it became dark”
1544	MAT	14	24	vzd1		βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	being tossed about by the waves	“and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
1545	MAT	14	25	pmw8		τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	In the fourth watch of the night	The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Just before dawn”
1546	MAT	14	25	t1vp		περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	walking on the sea	“walking on top of the water”
1547	MAT	14	26	q9qs		ἐταράχθησαν	1	they were terrified	“they were very afraid”
1548	MAT	14	26	h7df		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
1549	MAT	14	28	w2pl		ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter answered him	“Peter answered Jesus”
1550	MAT	14	30	sk3j	figs-idiom	βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	when Peter saw the strong wind	Here “saw the wind” means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1551	MAT	14	31	bd2v		ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	You of little faith, why	“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
1552	MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1553	MAT	14	33	u8pu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1554	MAT	14	34	r5lm			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses describe what happened after Jesus walked on the water. They summarize how the people were responding to Jesus’ ministry.
1555	MAT	14	34	cv3f		καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	When they had crossed over	“When Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
1556	MAT	14	34	x9nu	translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret	This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1557	MAT	14	35	xd7c		ἀπέστειλαν	1	they sent messages	“the men of that area sent messages”
1558	MAT	14	36	ql3y		καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	They begged him	“The sick people begged him”
1559	MAT	14	36	x8jv		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	his garment	“his robe” or “what he was wearing”
1560	MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1561	MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		Matthew 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The “traditions of the elders” The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Jews and Gentiles The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Sheep The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1562	MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1563	MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1564	MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
1565	MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1566	MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Then why do you violate the commandment of God for the sake of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1567	MAT	15	4	srz6			0	General Information:	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
1568	MAT	15	4	cz1q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1569	MAT	15	4	qmm7		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	will surely die	“the people will surely execute him”
1570	MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε	1	But you say	Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1571	MAT	15	6	b81c			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
1572	MAT	15	6	vr6y	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he does not need to honor his father	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1573	MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he does not need to honor his father	It is implied that “his father” means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1574	MAT	15	6	znt9		ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here “word of God” refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
1575	MAT	15	6	yq5a		διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	for the sake of your traditions	“because you want to follow your traditions”
1576	MAT	15	7	t4fq			0	General Information:	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
1577	MAT	15	7	tn3b			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
1578	MAT	15	7	wv77		καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Well did Isaiah prophesy about you	“Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
1579	MAT	15	7	n4ti	figs-explicit	λέγων	1	saying	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1580	MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Here “lips” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1581	MAT	15	8	bz91		με	1	me	All occurrences of this word refer to God.
1582	MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1583	MAT	15	9	jf93		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	They worship me in vain	“Their worship means nothing to me” or “They only pretend to worship me”
1584	MAT	15	9	vvb9		ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of people	“the rules that people make up”
1585	MAT	15	10	ti4w			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
1586	MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	enters into the mouth…comes out of the mouth	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1587	MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees were offended when they heard this statement	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1588	MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up	This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1589	MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1590	MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be rooted up	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1591	MAT	15	14	r167		ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them alone	The word “them” refers to the Pharisees.
1592	MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί…ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	they are blind guides…both will fall into a pit	Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1593	MAT	15	15	cje4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1594	MAT	15	15	shg6		ἡμῖν	1	to us	“to us disciples”
1595	MAT	15	16	xr78			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1596	MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word “you” is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1597	MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε…εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα	1	Do you not yet see…into the latrine?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand…into the latrine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1598	MAT	15	17	s833		εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	passes into the stomach	“goes into the stomach”
1599	MAT	15	17	s9z6		ἀφεδρῶνα	1	latrine	This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
1600	MAT	15	18	e7mu			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1601	MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that come out of the mouth	This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1602	MAT	15	18	x14k	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	from the heart	Here “heart” refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1603	MAT	15	19	rg59		φόνοι	1	murder	the act of killing innocent people
1604	MAT	15	20	bme7		ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	to eat with unwashed hands	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
1605	MAT	15	21	e5gv			0	General Information:	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
1606	MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus went away	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1607	MAT	15	22	x1wm		ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα	1	Behold, a Canaanite woman came out	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a Canaanite woman who came”
1608	MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	a Canaanite woman came out from that region	“a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came.” The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
1609	MAT	15	22	f4k2	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	Have mercy on me	This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1610	MAT	15	22	xs64		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
1611	MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1612	MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Here “word” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1613	MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent to anyone	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1614	MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in Matthew 10:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1615	MAT	15	25	ch7c		ἡ…ἐλθοῦσα	1	she came	“the Canaanite woman came”
1616	MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down before him	This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1617	MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the little dogs	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1618	MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the children’s bread	Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1619	MAT	15	26	fe7n		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	the little dogs	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
1620	MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters’ tables	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1621	MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in Matthew 15:26.
1622	MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1623	MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	Her daughter was healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “Her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1624	MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1625	MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1626	MAT	15	30	c8td		χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	lame, blind, crippled, and mute people	“those who could not walk, those who could not see, those who could not talk, and those whose arms or legs did not function”
1627	MAT	15	30	yf7i		ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	They presented them at his feet	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “The crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
1628	MAT	15	31	pi52	figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	the crippled made well	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1629	MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled…the lame…the blind	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the crippled persons…the lame persons…the blind persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1630	MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
1631	MAT	15	32	efc2		νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	without eating, or they may faint on the way	“without eating because they might faint on the way”
1632	MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	Where can we get enough loaves of bread in such a deserted place to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the crowd. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere nearby that we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1633	MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1634	MAT	15	35	x13q		ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	to sit down on the ground	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
1635	MAT	15	36	x7kc		ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	He took the seven loaves and the fish	“Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
1636	MAT	15	36	dcr4		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke the loaves	“he tore the loaves”
1637	MAT	15	36	a9s4		ἐδίδου	1	gave them	“gave the bread and the fish”
1638	MAT	15	37	fc8g		ἦραν	1	they gathered up	“the disciples gathered” or “some people gathered”
1639	MAT	15	38	udk7		οἱ…ἐσθίοντες	1	Those who ate	“The people who ate”
1640	MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	four thousand men	“4,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1641	MAT	15	39	be43		τὰ ὅρια	1	the region	“the area”
1642	MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1643	MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		Matthew 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Yeast Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Background information Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).
1644	MAT	16	1	t249			0	General Information:	This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1645	MAT	16	1	t7p5		πειράζοντες	1	tested him	Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
1646	MAT	16	4	jl3e	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1647	MAT	16	4	fhx6	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1648	MAT	16	4	d9eq	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	a sign will not be given to it	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1649	MAT	16	4	dep2		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	except the sign of Jonah	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39.
1650	MAT	16	5	ii6j			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1651	MAT	16	5	si9k	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1652	MAT	16	6	hfz2	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here “yeast” is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1653	MAT	16	7	huw7		διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	reasoned among themselves	“discussed this with each other” or “thought about this”
1654	MAT	16	8	mg8s		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	You of little faith	“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.
1655	MAT	16	8	zz4i	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε…ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	why do you reason…you have no bread?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1656	MAT	16	9	k8lk			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1657	MAT	16	9	h5bg	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε…ἐλάβετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive or remember…you gathered up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember…you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1658	MAT	16	9	ux51	translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	the five thousand	“5,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1659	MAT	16	10	b11x	translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	the four thousand	“4,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1660	MAT	16	10	ejm5	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους…ἐλάβετε?	1	Or the seven loaves…you took up?	“Do you also not remember the seven loaves…you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves…you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1661	MAT	16	11	f42k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1662	MAT	16	11	mb2z	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	How is it that you do not understand that I was not speaking to you about bread?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1663	MAT	16	11	i7x6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here “yeast” represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1664	MAT	16	12	f73l		συνῆκαν	1	they understood	These refer to the disciples.
1665	MAT	16	13	e5cm			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
1666	MAT	16	13	pye3		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1667	MAT	16	13	e1jh	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1668	MAT	16	16	n5wi	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the Son of the living God	This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1669	MAT	16	16	r1h7		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
1670	MAT	16	17	le6a	translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Simon Bar Jonah	“Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1671	MAT	16	17	dfw5	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	flesh and blood have not revealed	Here “flesh and blood” refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1672	MAT	16	17	wix3		σοι	1	to you	Here “this” refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
1673	MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	but my Father who is in heaven	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1674	MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1675	MAT	16	18	z897		κἀγὼ…σοι λέγω	1	I also say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1676	MAT	16	18	th3d	figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	you are Peter	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1677	MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here “build my church” is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) “this rock” represents Peter, or (2) “this rock” represents the truth that Peter had just said in Matthew 16:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1678	MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	The gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here “Hades” is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here “Hades” represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1679	MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1680	MAT	16	19	pp5d	figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the keys of the kingdom of heaven	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1681	MAT	16	19	kc3k	figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1682	MAT	16	19	ef9c	figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven	Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “loose” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1683	MAT	16	21	wl33			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
1684	MAT	16	21	xql7	figs-metonymy	πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes	Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1685	MAT	16	21	es1l	figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day	Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1686	MAT	16	21	jjx5	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	the third day	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1687	MAT	16	22	jie2	writing-background	καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Then Peter took him aside	Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1688	MAT	16	22	q31h		προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter took him aside	“Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them”
1689	MAT	16	22	guz8	figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	May this be far from you	This is an idiom that means “may this never happen.” Alternate translation: “No” or “Never” or “May God forbid this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1690	MAT	16	23	f28i	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me	Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1691	MAT	16	23	ax7x		ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Get behind me	“Get away from me”
1692	MAT	16	24	ck1a	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	to follow me	Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1693	MAT	16	24	pg9h		ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	must deny himself	“must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”
1694	MAT	16	24	h7ug	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	“carry his cross, and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “and obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “and he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1695	MAT	16	24	x13v	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	and follow me	Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1696	MAT	16	25	pk8h		ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	For whoever wants	“For anyone who wants”
1697	MAT	16	25	y9kc	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1698	MAT	16	25	ie7t		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
1699	MAT	16	25	xz98	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1700	MAT	16	26	eqe8	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος…τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	For what does it profit a person…his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person…his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1701	MAT	16	26	q7x1	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	if he gains the whole world	The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1702	MAT	16	26	b34q		τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	but forfeits his life	“but he loses his life”
1703	MAT	16	26	eck5	figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	What can a person give in exchange for his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1704	MAT	16	27	iyu1	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ…τότε ἀποδώσει	1	the Son of Man…his Father…Then he will reward	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man…my Father…Then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1705	MAT	16	27	ie16		μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	is going to come in the glory of his Father	“will come, having the same glory as his Father”
1706	MAT	16	27	k4q4	figs-123person	μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	with his angels	“and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1707	MAT	16	27	vk5y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	his Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1708	MAT	16	27	i7rs		κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	according to his actions	“according to what each person has done”
1709	MAT	16	28	ytr3		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1710	MAT	16	28	k2d1	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1711	MAT	16	28	wq13	figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	will certainly not taste death	Here “taste” means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1712	MAT	16	28	b2pb	figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom	Here “his kingdom” represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1713	MAT	17	intro	yb4k			0		Matthew 17 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Elijah The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) “transfigured” Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
1714	MAT	17	1	u6dw			0	General Information:	This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
1715	MAT	17	1	nva7		τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Peter, James, and John his brother	“Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
1716	MAT	17	2	xx8e		μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	He was transfigured before them	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
1717	MAT	17	2	kq4l	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	He was transfigured	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1718	MAT	17	2	uxg3		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	before them	“in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
1719	MAT	17	2	i1mp	figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	His face shone like the sun, and his garments became as brilliant as the light	These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1720	MAT	17	2	te1s		τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	his garments	“what he was wearing”
1721	MAT	17	3	axr5		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1722	MAT	17	3	n63y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
1723	MAT	17	3	sde3		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	“with Jesus”
1724	MAT	17	4	r41c		ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν	1	answered and said	“said.” Peter is not responding to a question.
1725	MAT	17	4	d231	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1726	MAT	17	5	cek4		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1727	MAT	17	5	an8j		ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	overshadowed them	“came over them”
1728	MAT	17	5	kc8t	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice out of the cloud	Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1729	MAT	17	6	wd76		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	When the disciples heard it	“the disciples heard God speak”
1730	MAT	17	6	a87e	figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	they fell on their face	Here “fell on their face” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1731	MAT	17	9	w4w9			0	Connecting Statement:	The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
1732	MAT	17	9	jz51		καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	As they were coming down	“As Jesus and the disciples”
1733	MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1734	MAT	17	10	nwt5	figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?	The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1735	MAT	17	11	xbs2		ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	restore all things	“put things in order” or “get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
1736	MAT	17	12	whp9		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I tell you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1737	MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did…them	All occurrences of these words may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
1738	MAT	17	12	tyw4	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν	1	the Son of Man will also suffer by them	Here “hands” refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1739	MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1740	MAT	17	14	t687			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
1741	MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1742	MAT	17	15	hs55		σεληνιάζεται	1	he is epileptic	This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “has seizures”
1743	MAT	17	17	lyu5		γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε	1	Unbelieving and corrupt generation, how long	“This generation does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How”
1744	MAT	17	17	su3r	figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	how long will I have to stay with you? How long must I bear with you?	These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1745	MAT	17	18	i8kd	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	the boy was healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1746	MAT	17	18	h2gc	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1747	MAT	17	19	pz9f	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Here “we” refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1748	MAT	17	19	r9j7		διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	Why could we not cast it out?	“Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
1749	MAT	17	20	u5ll		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For I truly say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1750	MAT	17	20	uy78	figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed	Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1751	MAT	17	20	x48i	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	nothing will be impossible for you	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1752	MAT	17	22	r2cu			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
1753	MAT	17	22	n2xs		συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν	1	While they stayed	“Jesus and his disciples stayed”
1754	MAT	17	22	ff8x	figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	The Son of Man is about to be delivered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1755	MAT	17	22	mmk2	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	to be delivered into the hands of people	The word “hands” here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1756	MAT	17	22	i5rb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1757	MAT	17	22	jne3	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of people	Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1758	MAT	17	23	hl6j	figs-123person	αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται	1	him…he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1759	MAT	17	23	b6g3	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	the third day	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1760	MAT	17	23	fni4	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1761	MAT	17	24	jli6			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
1762	MAT	17	24	t8qt		ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν	1	When they had come	“When Jesus and his disciples”
1763	MAT	17	24	b953	translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1764	MAT	17	25	y26n		τὴν οἰκίαν	1	the house	“the place where Jesus was staying”
1765	MAT	17	25	yp5h	figs-rquestion	τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?	1	What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?	Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1766	MAT	17	26	fb1c			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 13:54, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
1767	MAT	17	26	j3g4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
1768	MAT	17	26	w75w	figs-quotations	εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	When he said, “From others,” Jesus said to him	If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in Matthew 17:25, you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1769	MAT	17	26	uh6y		ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων	1	From others	In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
1770	MAT	17	26	u6xx		οἱ υἱοί	1	the sons	people over whom a ruler or king rules
1771	MAT	17	27	mwa6		ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς	1	But so that we do not cause them to sin, go	“But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go.”
1772	MAT	17	27	uhk5	figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	throw in a hook	Fishermen tied hooks to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1773	MAT	17	27	ebj4		τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	its mouth	“the fish’s mouth”
1774	MAT	17	27	t9t8	translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	a shekel	a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1775	MAT	17	27	ej3l		ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν	1	Take it	“Take the shekel”
1776	MAT	17	27	km3v	figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	for me and you	Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1777	MAT	18	intro	m4y6			0		Matthew 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them? Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1778	MAT	18	1	f7zv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 18:35, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
1779	MAT	18	1	iri5		τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν	1	Who then is greatest	“Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
1780	MAT	18	1	pp31	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of heaven	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1781	MAT	18	3	qb44		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1782	MAT	18	3	fs1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε…τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	unless you turn…little children, you will certainly not enter	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change…children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1783	MAT	18	3	ewj5	figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	become like little children	Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1784	MAT	18	3	ch9p	figs-metonymy	εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	enter into the kingdom of heaven	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1785	MAT	18	4	ta7z	figs-simile		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1786	MAT	18	4	f9t5		ἐστιν ὁ μείζων	1	is the greatest	“is the most important” or “will be the most important”
1787	MAT	18	4	gf8l	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of heaven	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1788	MAT	18	5	dz1i	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here “my name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1789	MAT	18	5	ik3r		καὶ ὃς ἐὰν…ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Whoever…in my name receives me	Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone…in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone…in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
1790	MAT	18	6	ghp3	figs-activepassive	κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	a great millstone should be hung about his neck, and that he should be sunk into the depths of the sea	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1791	MAT	18	6	w3uz		μύλος	1	millstone	This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”
1792	MAT	18	7	cl5i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
1793	MAT	18	7	ees6	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	to the world	Here “world” refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1794	MAT	18	7	y7vh	figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	the stumbling blocks…those stumbling blocks come…the person through whom those stumbling blocks come	Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1795	MAT	18	8	vad7	figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you	Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1796	MAT	18	8	gqi3	figs-you	σου…σε	1	your…you	All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1797	MAT	18	8	pc4d		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	“into eternal life”
1798	MAT	18	8	lhk9	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1799	MAT	18	9	xad4	figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you	The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1800	MAT	18	9	q7tw	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	causes you to stumble	Here “stumble” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1801	MAT	18	9	eii2	figs-you	σου…σοῦ	1	your…you	All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1802	MAT	18	9	m8as		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	“into eternal life”
1803	MAT	18	9	r1ie	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1804	MAT	18	10	qnc6		ὁρᾶτε	1	See that	“Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
1805	MAT	18	10	e9uf		μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	you do not despise any of these little ones	“you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”
1806	MAT	18	10	j4l5		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1807	MAT	18	10	xdl9	figs-explicit	ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	that in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in heaven	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1808	MAT	18	10	y6n9	figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	always look on the face of my Father	This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1809	MAT	18	10	iq8j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1810	MAT	18	12	xhq2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.
1811	MAT	18	12	idl5	figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	What do you think?	Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1812	MAT	18	12	dm8u	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1813	MAT	18	12	cv92	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα	1	a hundred…ninety-nine	“100…99” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1814	MAT	18	12	t5h4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς…τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	does he not leave…the one that went astray?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave…astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1815	MAT	18	13	j5d8	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό…τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις	1	If he finds it…that did not go astray	This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1816	MAT	18	13	at4s	figs-you	αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1817	MAT	18	14	kcy2		οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish	“your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
1818	MAT	18	14	usa4	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1819	MAT	18	14	fmm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1820	MAT	18	15	k6t7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1821	MAT	18	15	kpe2		ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
1822	MAT	18	15	yh3t		ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	you will have gained your brother	“you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
1823	MAT	18	16	i25x	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	Here “mouth” and “word” refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1824	MAT	18	17	g3aj		ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν	1	if he refuses to listen to them	“if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
1825	MAT	18	17	kx28		τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	to the church	“to the whole community of believers”
1826	MAT	18	17	xf1a	figs-explicit	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector	“treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1827	MAT	18	18	u2kl		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1828	MAT	18	18	qzq7	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1829	MAT	18	18	bu6i	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven	Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “release” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in Matthew 16:19. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1830	MAT	18	18	l7na		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1831	MAT	18	19	cal4	figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	if two of you	It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1832	MAT	18	19	c3lf		ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς	1	they might ask…them	These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you…you”
1833	MAT	18	19	gs8w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1834	MAT	18	20	kv9z	figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two or three	It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1835	MAT	18	20	s5rx		συνηγμένοι	1	gathered together	“meet”
1836	MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1837	MAT	18	21	cys4	translate-numbers	ἑπτάκις	1	seven times	“7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1838	MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1839	MAT	18	23	n44s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1840	MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven is similar	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in Matthew 13:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1841	MAT	18	23	bp72		συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his servants	“his servants to pay him what they owed”
1842	MAT	18	24	d6ne	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ	1	one servant was brought	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1843	MAT	18	24	w3nr	translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	ten thousand talents	“10,000 talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1844	MAT	18	25	nmz8	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι…καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	his master commanded him to be sold…and payment to be made	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man…and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1845	MAT	18	26	thl3	translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν…προσεκύνει	1	fell down, bowed down before	This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1846	MAT	18	26	cx5z		προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down before him	“before the king”
1847	MAT	18	27	j5vp		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	he was moved with compassion	“he felt compassion for the servant”
1848	MAT	18	27	vn7l		ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν	1	released him	“let him go”
1849	MAT	18	28	d2tb	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1850	MAT	18	28	a7jb	translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	one hundred denarii	“100 denarii” or “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1851	MAT	18	28	uy32		κρατήσας αὐτὸν	1	He grasped him	“The first servant grasped his fellow servant”
1852	MAT	18	28	b7u9		κρατήσας	1	grasped	“took hold of” or “grabbed”
1853	MAT	18	29	i21c	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	fell down	This shows that the fellow servant approached the first servant in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in Matthew 18:26. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1854	MAT	18	29	iv8y		παρεκάλει αὐτὸν	1	and implored him	“and begged him”
1855	MAT	18	30	fn3t	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1856	MAT	18	30	t8wb		ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	he went and threw him into prison	“the first servant went and threw his fellow servant into prison”
1857	MAT	18	31	w9n2		οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	his fellow servants	“other servants”
1858	MAT	18	31	nx9k		διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	told their master	“told the king”
1859	MAT	18	32	pfc2	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1860	MAT	18	32	txr7		τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Then his master called him	“Then the king called the first servant”
1861	MAT	18	32	wgs1		παρεκάλεσάς με	1	you implored me	“you begged me”
1862	MAT	18	33	jw37	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι…σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	Should you not also have had mercy…had mercy you?	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have…you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1863	MAT	18	34	l7ks			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 18:1, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
1864	MAT	18	34	mkm7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1865	MAT	18	34	big9		ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	His master	“The king”
1866	MAT	18	34	e95u	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	handed him over	“gave him over.” Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1867	MAT	18	34	j7s3		τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	to the torturers	“to those who would torture him”
1868	MAT	18	34	e14m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	that was owed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first servant owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1869	MAT	18	35	pm1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1870	MAT	18	35	q8p9	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν	1	to you…your	All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1871	MAT	18	35	c4fw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “from your heart” is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1872	MAT	19	intro	ewl5			0		Matthew 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Divorce Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (Matthew 19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 1:12).
1873	MAT	19	1	nj6t	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 22:46, which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1874	MAT	19	1	ap4g		ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	It came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
1875	MAT	19	1	c5j9	figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	had finished these words	Here “words” refers to what Jesus taught starting in Matthew 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1876	MAT	19	1	d83m		ἀπὸ	1	departed from	“walked away from” or “left”
1877	MAT	19	3	kg12			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
1878	MAT	19	3	gl85		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ	1	came to him	“came to Jesus”
1879	MAT	19	3	s8jq		πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	testing him and saying	Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
1880	MAT	19	4	ncb6	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς?	1	Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female?	Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1881	MAT	19	5	n8zn			0	General Information:	In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
1882	MAT	19	5	q71w	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου…εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	He also said, ‘For this reason…one flesh.’	This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason…flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1883	MAT	19	5	phz3		ἕνεκα τούτου	1	For this reason	This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
1884	MAT	19	5	af1r		κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	join to his wife	“stay close to his wife” or “live with his wife”
1885	MAT	19	5	m83j	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	the two will become one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1886	MAT	19	6	m4b7	figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	So they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1887	MAT	19	7	jxs2		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They said to him	“The Pharisees said to Jesus”
1888	MAT	19	7	ugf4		ἐνετείλατο	1	command us	“command us Jews”
1889	MAT	19	7	xml9		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	certificate of divorce	This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
1890	MAT	19	8	zu87	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	For your hardness of heart	The phrase “hardness of heart” is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1891	MAT	19	8	ve9e	figs-you	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart…allowed you…your wives	Here “you” and “your” are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1892	MAT	19	8	mgx9	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ	1	from the beginning	Here “beginning” refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1893	MAT	19	9	eq8z		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1894	MAT	19	9	yl3x	figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	marries another	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1895	MAT	19	9	ps45	translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	and the man who marries a woman who is divorced commits adultery	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1896	MAT	19	11	h3a3	figs-activepassive	δέδοται	1	to whom it is given	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God allows” or “whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1897	MAT	19	12	yvb8	figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother’s womb	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1898	MAT	19	12	m1r9	figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899	MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1900	MAT	19	12	r78n	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the sake of the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1901	MAT	19	12	hqu1		χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	to receive this teaching, let him receive it	“accept this teaching…accept it”
1902	MAT	19	13	wjb5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus receives and blesses little children.
1903	MAT	19	13	wu52	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	some little children were brought to him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1904	MAT	19	14	t6cm		ἄφετε	1	Permit	allow
1905	MAT	19	14	m219		μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	do not forbid them to come to me	“do not stop them from coming to me”
1906	MAT	19	14	l1bq	figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the kingdom of heaven is to such ones	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1907	MAT	19	14	za2g	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	is to such ones	“belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1908	MAT	19	16	g9us			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
1909	MAT	19	16	vj7t		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1910	MAT	19	16	bw9n		ἀγαθὸν	1	good thing	This means a thing that pleases God.
1911	MAT	19	17	sce3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Why do you ask me about what is good?	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1912	MAT	19	17	d4sh		εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	Only one is good	“God alone is completely good”
1913	MAT	19	17	d7fd		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into life	“to receive eternal life”
1914	MAT	19	19	zv5n		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	love your neighbor	The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
1915	MAT	19	21	m57c		εἰ θέλεις	1	If you wish	“If you want”
1916	MAT	19	21	zic9	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1917	MAT	19	21	e4vs	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	you will have treasure in heaven	The phrase “treasure in heaven” is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1918	MAT	19	23	ass2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
1919	MAT	19	23	r93j		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1920	MAT	19	23	ean2	figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	to enter in to the kingdom of heaven	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1921	MAT	19	24	c8l5	figs-hyperbole	ὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν…τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	it is easier…the kingdom of God	Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1922	MAT	19	24	dip3		τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
1923	MAT	19	25	sl38	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	they were very astonished	“the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1924	MAT	19	25	d389	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then can be saved?	The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1925	MAT	19	27	yp3h		ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	we have left everything	“we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
1926	MAT	19	27	sp61		τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?	1	What then will there be for us?	“What good thing will God give us?”
1927	MAT	19	28	pm6v		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1928	MAT	19	28	j89c	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	in the new age	“in the new time.” This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1929	MAT	19	28	gey2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1930	MAT	19	28	sx2j	figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	sits on his glorious throne	Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “sits as king on his glorious throne” or “rules gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1931	MAT	19	28	rx2u	figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	will sit upon twelve thrones	Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1932	MAT	19	28	ci3t	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the twelve tribes of Israel	Here “tribes” refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1933	MAT	19	29	gq8p	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	for my name’s sake	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1934	MAT	19	29	bzt3	translate-numbers	ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται	1	will receive one hundred times as much	“receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1935	MAT	19	29	z8wb	figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	will inherit eternal life	This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1936	MAT	19	30	u8p3		πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first	Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
1937	MAT	20	intro	z39h			0		Matthew 20 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the landowner and his vineyard Jesus tells this parable (Matthew 20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
1938	MAT	20	1	k7sw			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
1939	MAT	20	1	q9qc	figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	For the kingdom of heaven is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in Matthew 13:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1940	MAT	20	2	wd43		συμφωνήσας	1	After he had agreed	“After the landowner had agreed”
1941	MAT	20	2	iwk5	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1942	MAT	20	2	w9hq		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	he sent them into his vineyard	“he sent them to work in his vineyard”
1943	MAT	20	3	w9m2	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1944	MAT	20	3	s8ha		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	He went out again	“The landowner went out again”
1945	MAT	20	3	bki1	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	the third hour	The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1946	MAT	20	3	xk4i		ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	standing idle in the marketplace	“standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
1947	MAT	20	3	q3b7		τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	the marketplace	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items
1948	MAT	20	5	g1s7	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1949	MAT	20	5	j3zh		πάλιν ἐξελθὼν	1	Again he went out	“Again the landowner went out”
1950	MAT	20	5	pip4	translate-ordinal	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour	The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1951	MAT	20	5	y513		ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	did the same	This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
1952	MAT	20	6	t8uu	translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	the eleventh hour	This is about five in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1953	MAT	20	6	up1w		ἑστῶτας	1	standing idle	“not doing anything” or “not having any work”
1954	MAT	20	8	hg2p	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1955	MAT	20	8	x6iv		ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	beginning from the last to the first	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
1956	MAT	20	9	p7q1	figs-activepassive	οἱ	1	those who had been hired	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the landowner hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1957	MAT	20	10	d2bn	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1958	MAT	20	11	z2h5	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1959	MAT	20	11	z9sz		λαβόντες	1	When they received their wages	“When the workers who had worked the longest received”
1960	MAT	20	11	d6sy		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	the landowner	“the vineyard owner”
1961	MAT	20	12	qpz4		ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας	1	you have made them equal to us	“you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
1962	MAT	20	12	vy87	figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	we who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat	The phrase “borne the burden of the day” is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1963	MAT	20	13	w17c	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1964	MAT	20	13	r9f3		ἑνὶ αὐτῶν	1	to one of them	“one of the workers who had worked the longest”
1965	MAT	20	13	f5mb		ἑταῖρε	1	Friend	Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
1966	MAT	20	13	qbu1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	Did you not agree with me for one denarius?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1967	MAT	20	13	qxn3	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1968	MAT	20	15	g5ii	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1969	MAT	20	15	h3uh	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	Do I not have the right to do as I want with what belongs to me?	The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1970	MAT	20	15	dus3	figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	Or are you envious because I am generous?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1971	MAT	20	16	k5fe		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	So the last will be first, and the first last	Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 19:30. Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
1972	MAT	20	16	bhr5		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	So the last will be first	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘So the last will be first’”
1973	MAT	20	17	iu9d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
1974	MAT	20	17	b6ia		ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	going up to JerusalemAs Jesus was going up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
1975	MAT	20	18	d3ig		ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν	1	See, we are going up	Jesus uses the word “See” to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
1976	MAT	20	18	nf34	figs-inclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	we are going up	Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1977	MAT	20	18	b2f2	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1978	MAT	20	18	rbl4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν	1	Son of Man…him	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1979	MAT	20	18	s8uh		κατακρινοῦσιν	1	They will condemn	The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
1980	MAT	20	19	rjq7		καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι	1	and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock	The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the Gentiles, and the Gentiles will mock him.
1981	MAT	20	19	a9k5		μαστιγῶσαι	1	to flog	“to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
1982	MAT	20	19	pn84	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	the third day	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1983	MAT	20	19	c6q1	figs-123person	αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται	1	him…to crucify him…he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1984	MAT	20	19	kr7a	figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will be raised up	The words “be raised up” are an idiom for “be made alive again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1985	MAT	20	20	u67i			0	Connecting Statement:	In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
1986	MAT	20	20	sx75		τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	the sons of Zebedee	This refers James and John.
1987	MAT	20	21	b8xs	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	at your right hand…at your left hand	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1988	MAT	20	21	i9n6	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	in your kingdom	Here “kingdom” refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1989	MAT	20	22	gx17	figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	Here “you” is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1990	MAT	20	22	i8nx	figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Are you able	Here “you” is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1991	MAT	20	22	f9cy	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	to drink the cup that I am about to drink	To “drink the cup” or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1992	MAT	20	22	d4rf		λέγουσιν	1	They said	“The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
1993	MAT	20	23	m4d2	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	My cup you will indeed drink	To “drink a cup” or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1994	MAT	20	23	aq1v	figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων	1	right hand…left hand	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in Matthew 20:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1995	MAT	20	23	sj51	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	it is for those for whom it has been prepared by my Father	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1996	MAT	20	23	x5f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1997	MAT	20	24	qxl4		ἀκούσαντες	1	When…heard this	“heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
1998	MAT	20	24	la38	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	they were very angry with the two brothers	If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples were angry. Alternate translation: “they were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1999	MAT	20	25	uu67			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes teaching his disciples about authority and serving others.
2000	MAT	20	25	v2xq		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	called them to himself	“called the twelve disciples”
2001	MAT	20	25	x2ul		οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	the rulers of the Gentiles subjugate them	“the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
2002	MAT	20	25	gu83		οἱ μεγάλοι	1	their important men	“the important men among the Gentiles”
2003	MAT	20	25	nb3r		κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν	1	exercise authority over them	“have control over the people”
2004	MAT	20	26	y4qw		ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	whoever wishes	“whoever wants” or “whoever desires”
2005	MAT	20	27	j3ms		εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	“to be important”
2006	MAT	20	28	m27d	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	the Son of Man…his life	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2007	MAT	20	28	iz71	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	did not come to be served	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2008	MAT	20	28	c7r9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	but to serve	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2009	MAT	20	28	zh3k	figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	to give his life as a ransom for many	Jesus’ life being a “ransom” is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2010	MAT	20	28	zv1p	figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	to give his life	To give one’s live is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2011	MAT	20	28	hgv7	figs-ellipsis	ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	for many	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2012	MAT	20	29	u6ad			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
2013	MAT	20	29	ev2t		ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	As they went out	This refers to the disciples and Jesus.
2014	MAT	20	29	b4tr		ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	“followed Jesus”
2015	MAT	20	30	zz5f		ἀκούσαντες	1	When they heard	“When the two blind men heard”
2016	MAT	20	30	stz8		παράγει	1	was passing by	“was walking by them”
2017	MAT	20	30	t577		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
2018	MAT	20	32	f5mw		ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς	1	called to them	“called to the blind men”
2019	MAT	20	32	fd9x		τί θέλετε	1	What do you wish	“do you want”
2020	MAT	20	33	yb39	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	that our eyes may be opened	The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2021	MAT	20	34	q9iq		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	being moved with compassion	“having compassion” or “feeling compassion for them”
2022	MAT	21	intro	ni1x			0		Matthew 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Hosanna This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you” No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
2023	MAT	21	1	f8fs			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
2024	MAT	21	1	p3g6	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	This is a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2025	MAT	21	2	wen2	figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	a donkey tied up there	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2026	MAT	21	2	pq2e	figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	tied up there	You can make explicit how the donkey is tied. Alternate translation: “tied up there to a post” or “tied up there to a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2027	MAT	21	2	ure7		πῶλον	1	a colt	young male donkey
2028	MAT	21	4	lk67			0	General Information:	Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
2029	MAT	21	4	irw1		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
2030	MAT	21	4	n979	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	this came about that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2031	MAT	21	4	x3up	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	through the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2032	MAT	21	5	whn7		τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	the daughter of Zion	The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
2033	MAT	21	5	jzz6		Σιών	1	Zion	This is another name for Jerusalem.
2034	MAT	21	5	fx3v		ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	on a donkey—on a colt, the foal of a donkey	The phrase “on a colt, the foal of a donkey” is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
2035	MAT	21	7	y6en		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	These were outer clothing or long coats.
2036	MAT	21	8	t29s	figs-explicit	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others cut branches from the trees and spread them in the road	These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2037	MAT	21	9	ky4c		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	This word means “save us,” but it can also mean “praise God!”
2038	MAT	21	9	ysb9		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	the son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
2039	MAT	21	9	q52t	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2040	MAT	21	9	g73z	figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	Here “highest” refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2041	MAT	21	10	cb4h	figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	all the city was stirred	Here “city” refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2042	MAT	21	10	nqb2		ἐσείσθη	1	stirred	“excited”
2043	MAT	21	12	q41c			0	General Information:	In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
2044	MAT	21	12	mc5v			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
2045	MAT	21	12	y9j4	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus entered into the temple	Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2046	MAT	21	12	w7ac		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	those who bought and sold	Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
2047	MAT	21	13	guy7		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
2048	MAT	21	13	m1jl	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2049	MAT	21	13	z8gr	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται	1	My house will be called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2050	MAT	21	13	n9v8		ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	Here “My” refers to God and “house” refers to the temple.
2051	MAT	21	13	bd8x	figs-idiom	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2052	MAT	21	13	c7l3	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2053	MAT	21	14	rpp3	figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	the blind and the lame	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2054	MAT	21	14	aku3		χωλοὶ	1	lame	those who have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult
2055	MAT	21	15	p7x2			0	General Information:	In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
2056	MAT	21	15	hft8		τὰ θαυμάσια	1	the marvelous things	“the wonderful things” or “the miracles.” This refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in Matthew 21:14.
2057	MAT	21	15	fqr9		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	This word means “save us” but can also mean “praise God!” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.
2058	MAT	21	15	c6k8		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.
2059	MAT	21	15	r3bs	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	they became very angry	It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2060	MAT	21	16	zx4a	figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	Do you hear what they are saying?	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2061	MAT	21	16	luy1	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…αἶνον?	1	But have you never read…praise’?	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures…praise.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2062	MAT	21	16	qa9u	figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise	The phrase “out of the mouths” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2063	MAT	21	17	kag5		καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς	1	Then he left them	“Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
2064	MAT	21	18	l3bi			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
2065	MAT	21	18	q488		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
2066	MAT	21	19	h2la		ἐξηράνθη	1	withered	died and dried up
2067	MAT	21	20	q81g	figs-rquestion	πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?	1	How did the fig tree immediately wither away?	The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2068	MAT	21	20	sk1g		ἐξηράνθη	1	wither away	“dry up and die”
2069	MAT	21	21	nd3y		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2070	MAT	21	21	mwl5	figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	if you have faith and do not doubt	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2071	MAT	21	21	jf9h	figs-quotations	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	you will even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and thrown into the sea,’	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2072	MAT	21	21	nxi3	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται	1	it will be done	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2073	MAT	21	23	yi7j			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
2074	MAT	21	23	uge9	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	When he had come into the temple	It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2075	MAT	21	23	s1w6		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
2076	MAT	21	25	dau4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
2077	MAT	21	25	k1a7		πόθεν ἦν?	1	from where did it come?	“where did he get the authority to do that?”
2078	MAT	21	25	vvt5	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?	This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2079	MAT	21	25	xx3b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2080	MAT	21	25	jmg7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	Why then did you not believe him?	The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2081	MAT	21	26	zxn4	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	But if we say, ‘From men,’	This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2082	MAT	21	26	vn6j		φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	we fear the crowd	“we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
2083	MAT	21	26	q1r1		πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	they all regard John as a prophet	“they believe John is a prophet”
2084	MAT	21	28	u56n	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2085	MAT	21	28	iem2	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ	1	But what do you think?	Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2086	MAT	21	29	b96z	figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	he changed his mind	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2087	MAT	21	31	hl72		λέγουσιν	1	They said	“The chief priests and elders said”
2088	MAT	21	31	au13		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to them	“Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
2089	MAT	21	31	er5s		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2090	MAT	21	31	ec9f	figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you	Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2091	MAT	21	31	pd34		προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	will enter…before you	Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
2092	MAT	21	32	a8z8	figs-you	ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	John came to you	Here “you” is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2093	MAT	21	32	n2ve	figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	in the way of righteousness	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2094	MAT	21	32	c5t4	figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	you did not believe him	Here “you” is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2095	MAT	21	33	nn9y	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2096	MAT	21	33	sx2y		οἰκοδεσπότης	1	a landowner	“a person who owned a piece of property”
2097	MAT	21	33	v39u		φραγμὸν	1	a hedge	“a wall” or “a fence”
2098	MAT	21	33	lg79		ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	dug a winepress in it	“dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
2099	MAT	21	33	eu7x		ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it out to vine growers	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
2100	MAT	21	33	vp8k		γεωργοῖς	1	vine growers	These were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
2101	MAT	21	35	hn3c	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2102	MAT	21	35	n1cq		τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	his servants	“the landowner’s servants”
2103	MAT	21	38	a55y	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2104	MAT	21	40	x1ll		οὖν	1	Now	The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but it is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
2105	MAT	21	41	ss2m		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They said to him	Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
2106	MAT	21	42	z9tm			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
2107	MAT	21	42	x8zh			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
2108	MAT	21	42	kk7e		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to them	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make “them” specific, use the same audience as you did in Matthew 21:41.
2109	MAT	21	42	me7g	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Did you never read…our eyes’?	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read…eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2110	MAT	21	42	mcm8	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2111	MAT	21	42	uid2	figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	has become the cornerstone	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2112	MAT	21	42	b1sr		παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	This was from the Lord	“The Lord has caused this great change”
2113	MAT	21	42	el83	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	it is marvelous in our eyes	Here “in our eyes” refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2114	MAT	21	43	s93a		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2115	MAT	21	43	c7pb	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here “you” is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2116	MAT	21	43	v89z	figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation	Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2117	MAT	21	43	cm2i	figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	that produces its fruits	“Fruits” here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2118	MAT	21	44	r7up	figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces	Here, “this stone” is the same stone as in Matthew 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2119	MAT	21	44	ghz2	figs-parallelism	ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	But anyone on whom it falls, it will crush him.	This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2120	MAT	21	45	gh8w			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
2121	MAT	21	45	qpy9		τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	his parables	“Jesus’ parables”
2122	MAT	22	intro	k5ze			0		Matthew 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Wedding Feast In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (Matthew 22:45).
2123	MAT	22	1	z8vz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2124	MAT	22	1	bc6y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the people”
2125	MAT	22	2	xps3		ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of heaven is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24.
2126	MAT	22	3	wur1	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who had been invited	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2127	MAT	22	4	l896	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2128	MAT	22	4	c7x4	figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell them who are invited	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2129	MAT	22	4	iq6y		ἰδοὺ	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2130	MAT	22	4	xu4t	figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2131	MAT	22	4	c48a		οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	My oxen and fattened calves	“My best oxen and calves for eating”
2132	MAT	22	5	e4fl	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2133	MAT	22	5	zu4c		οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	But they paid no attention	“But the guests the king invited ignored the invitation”
2134	MAT	22	7	la7s	figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	killed those murderers	It is implied that the king’s soldiers killed the murderers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2135	MAT	22	8	u2ax	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2136	MAT	22	8	k98u	figs-activepassive	οἱ…κεκλημένοι	1	those who were invited	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2137	MAT	22	9	p48s		τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	the highway crossings	“where the main roads of the city cross.” The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.
2138	MAT	22	10	uva7		πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	both bad and good	“both the good people and the bad people”
2139	MAT	22	10	c6ph	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	So the wedding hall was filled with guests	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2140	MAT	22	10	fy3a		ὁ γάμος	1	the wedding hall	a large room
2141	MAT	22	11	s8ga	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2142	MAT	22	12	c7iy	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	how did you come in here without wedding clothes?	The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2143	MAT	22	12	w7vb		ὁ…ἐφιμώθη	1	the man was speechless	“the man was silent”
2144	MAT	22	13	wt88			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
2145	MAT	22	13	jmp4		διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	Bind this man hand and foot	“Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
2146	MAT	22	13	rpy8	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2147	MAT	22	13	s9ge	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and the grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2148	MAT	22	14	hy3a	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	For many people are called, but few are chosen	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2149	MAT	22	14	yz5f		γάρ	1	For	This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
2150	MAT	22	15	y826			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
2151	MAT	22	15	u2mj		ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	how they might entrap him in his own words	“how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
2152	MAT	22	16	eae4	figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	their disciples…the Herodians	The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2153	MAT	22	16	rf66	translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians	These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2154	MAT	22	16	t2qa		οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	for you do not look at the appearance of people	“you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
2155	MAT	22	17	a9by	figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	to pay taxes to Caesar	People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2156	MAT	22	18	a2ti	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Why are you testing me, you hypocrites?	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2157	MAT	22	19	cie7	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2158	MAT	22	20	ue7j		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here “them” refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
2159	MAT	22	20	dr3d	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Whose image and name are these?	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2160	MAT	22	21	yd84	figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	Caesar’s	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2161	MAT	22	21	i6g5		τὰ Καίσαρος	1	the things that are Caesar’s	“things that belong to Caesar”
2162	MAT	22	21	l3dh		τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the things that are God’s	“things that belong to God”
2163	MAT	22	23	wqg2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
2164	MAT	22	24	xl5f	figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone dies	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2165	MAT	22	24	u7dm		τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	his brother…his wife…to is brother	Here “his” refers to the dead man.
2166	MAT	22	25	kjf5			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
2167	MAT	22	25	ag5z	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	“The oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2168	MAT	22	26	r6bq	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά	1	the second…the third…the seventh	“the next oldest…the next oldest…the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother…that brother’s oldest younger brother…the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2169	MAT	22	27	t7md		ὕστερον…πάντων	1	After them all	“After every brother had died”
2170	MAT	22	28	wbd1		οὖν	1	Now	Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
2171	MAT	22	28	s743		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	“when dead people come back to life”
2172	MAT	22	29	p1ae	figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	You are mistaken	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2173	MAT	22	29	dax6		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	“what God is able to do”
2174	MAT	22	30	ygr1		ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	“when dead people rise back to life”
2175	MAT	22	30	uaj9		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	they neither marry	“people will not marry”
2176	MAT	22	30	qkv1	figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	nor are given in marriage	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2177	MAT	22	31	nx66			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
2178	MAT	22	31	b9sy	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε…τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	have you not read…God, saying,	Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read…God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2179	MAT	22	31	ljj7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	what was spoken to you by God	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2180	MAT	22	32	zb7a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
2181	MAT	22	32	qcq3	figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς…Ἰακώβ?	1	‘I am the God…Jacob’?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2182	MAT	22	32	t7lv	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	of the dead, but of the living	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2183	MAT	22	34	jnd7			0	Connecting Statement:	A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
2184	MAT	22	35	ud5r		νομικὸς	1	a lawyer	“an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
2185	MAT	22	37	vng8			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
2186	MAT	22	37	xl3e	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2187	MAT	22	38	q8j3	figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	the great and first commandment	Here “great” and “first” mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2188	MAT	22	39	xk1k			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
2189	MAT	22	39	yx7v		τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here “neighbor” means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
2190	MAT	22	40	wpr8	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets	Here the phrase “the whole law and the prophets” refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2191	MAT	22	41	r9ca			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
2192	MAT	22	41	pj4a		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
2193	MAT	22	42	xlf8		υἱός…τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	son…the son of David	In both of these “son” means “descendant.”
2194	MAT	22	43	dpp5			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
2195	MAT	22	43	cu3h	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2196	MAT	22	43	yu5m		Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	David in the Spirit	“David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
2197	MAT	22	43	dn9y		καλεῖ…αὐτὸν	1	call him	Here “him” refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
2198	MAT	22	44	wy85		εἶπεν Κύριος	1	The Lord said	Here “Lord” refers to God the Father.
2199	MAT	22	44	k3f7		τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	to my Lord	Here “Lord” refers to the Christ. Also, “my” refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
2200	MAT	22	44	dz2a	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2201	MAT	22	44	e59n	figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I put your enemies under your footstool	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2202	MAT	22	45	l962			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 19:1, that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
2203	MAT	22	45	e2wd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
2204	MAT	22	45	d8gl	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2205	MAT	22	45	x9uh		εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David then calls the Christ	David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
2206	MAT	22	46	n3hw	figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	to answer him a word	Here “word” refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2207	MAT	22	46	c1f2	figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	to question him any longer	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2208	MAT	23	intro	m99i			0		Matthew 23 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Hypocrites Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times (Matthew 23:13) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Name calling In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” (Matthew 23:16-17). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (Matthew 23:11-12).
2209	MAT	23	1	skq4			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 25:46, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
2210	MAT	23	2	dnu3	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	sit in Moses’ seat	Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2211	MAT	23	3	q336		πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Therefore whatever…do and observe these things	“all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”
2212	MAT	23	4	xce6	figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them	Here “bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2213	MAT	23	5	nw4y	figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	They do all their deeds to be seen by people	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2214	MAT	23	5	ln6j	figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments	Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2215	MAT	23	5	gcv7		φυλακτήρια	1	phylacteries	small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
2216	MAT	23	5	h2qj		μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	they enlarge the edges of their garments	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
2217	MAT	23	6	i6ec			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.
2218	MAT	23	6	arf1		τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	the chief places…the chief seats	Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
2219	MAT	23	7	cp2m		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplaces	large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items
2220	MAT	23	7	cbe8	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people.	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2221	MAT	23	8	uk5v	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	But you must not be called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2222	MAT	23	8	ru2b	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2223	MAT	23	8	s5du		ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	you are brothers	Here “brothers” means “fellow believers.”
2224	MAT	23	9	l33f	figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	do not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2225	MAT	23	9	any8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	For you have only one Father	“Father” here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2226	MAT	23	10	b8ua	figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	Do not be called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2227	MAT	23	10	lp5f	figs-123person	ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	for your one teacher is the Christ	When Jesus said “the Christ,” he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2228	MAT	23	11	d62b		ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν	1	he who is greatest among you	“the person who is most important among you”
2229	MAT	23	11	d9xw	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	among you	Here “you” is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2230	MAT	23	12	x187		ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν	1	exalts himself	“makes himself important”
2231	MAT	23	12	e81r	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2232	MAT	23	12	uz88	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2233	MAT	23	13	ts6z	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since the words “kingdom of heaven,” which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2234	MAT	23	13	aw49			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
2235	MAT	23	13	i9dq		οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But woe to you	“How terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2236	MAT	23	13	j4sd	figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	You shut the kingdom of heaven against people. For you do not enter it yourselves, and neither do you allow those about to enter to enter	Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2237	MAT	23	15	e4a8	figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	you go over sea and land	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2238	MAT	23	15	iyl7		ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	to make one convert	“to make one person accept your religion”
2239	MAT	23	15	bq91	figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	a son of hell	Here “son of” is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2240	MAT	23	16	r5k3	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	blind guides	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in Matthew 15:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2241	MAT	23	16	qgh8		ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	by the temple, it is nothing	“by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
2242	MAT	23	16	lni3	figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει	1	is bound to his oath	“is tied to his oath.” The phrase “bound to his oath” is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2243	MAT	23	17	s7a8	figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	You fools and blind men!	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2244	MAT	23	17	f9zd	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	For which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2245	MAT	23	17	j6d5		ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	the temple that makes the gold holy	“the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
2246	MAT	23	18	lr61	figs-ellipsis	καί	1	And	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2247	MAT	23	18	d331		οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	it is nothing	“he does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “he does not have to keep his oath”
2248	MAT	23	18	ngd2		τῷ δώρῳ	1	the gift	This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
2249	MAT	23	18	zg72	figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει	1	is bound to his oath	“is tied to his oath.” Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2250	MAT	23	19	y6hk	figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	blind men	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2251	MAT	23	19	g7qr	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2252	MAT	23	19	gt4d		τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	the altar that makes the gift holy	“the altar that makes the gift special to God”
2253	MAT	23	20	x4q4		ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	by everything on it	“by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
2254	MAT	23	21	m21b		τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	the one who lives in it	God the Father
2255	MAT	23	22	ejw9		τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	him who sits on it	God the Father
2256	MAT	23	23	lg3r		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you…hypocrites!	“How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2257	MAT	23	23	n94y	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	mint and dill and cumin	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2258	MAT	23	23	hga6		ἀφήκατε	1	you have left undone	“you have not obeyed”
2259	MAT	23	23	c8bb		τὰ βαρύτερα	1	the weightier matters	“the more important matters”
2260	MAT	23	23	m32j		ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	But these you ought to have done	“You ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
2261	MAT	23	23	nn6q	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	and not to have left the other undone	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2262	MAT	23	24	y84y	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	You blind guides	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in Matthew 15:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2263	MAT	23	24	l7fh	figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who strain out a gnat but swallow a camel!	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2264	MAT	23	24	sn3z		οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	strain out a gnat	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
2265	MAT	23	24	whk2		κώνωπα	1	gnat	a small flying insect
2266	MAT	23	25	ns27		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you…hypocrites!	“How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2267	MAT	23	25	ru45	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2268	MAT	23	25	tz8h		γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	they are full of greed and self-indulgence	“they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
2269	MAT	23	26	lb5j	figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	You blind Pharisee!	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2270	MAT	23	26	f9p8	figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς…καθαρόν	1	Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2271	MAT	23	27	kry1	figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας	1	you are like whitewashed tombs…unclean	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2272	MAT	23	27	ta1f	figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	whitewashed tombs	“tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2273	MAT	23	29	tse6	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	of the righteous	This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2274	MAT	23	30	kkf2		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	in the days of our fathers	“during the time of our forefathers”
2275	MAT	23	30	nq82		οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	we would not have been participants with them	“we would not have joined with them”
2276	MAT	23	30	x99m	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν	1	in shedding the blood	Here “blood” refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2277	MAT	23	31	l7rl		υἱοί ἐστε	1	you are sons	Here “sons” means “descendants.”
2278	MAT	23	32	bpz8	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	You also fill up the measure of your fathers	Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “You also finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2279	MAT	23	33	va5c	figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2280	MAT	23	33	blv6		γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	offspring of vipers	Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7.
2281	MAT	23	33	vi6c	figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	how will you escape the judgment of hell?	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2282	MAT	23	34	an97			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
2283	MAT	23	34	rq8c		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
2284	MAT	23	35	l7ya	figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on the earth	The phrase “upon you will come” is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2285	MAT	23	35	b3a7	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος	1	from the blood…to the blood	Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder…to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2286	MAT	23	35	z95g	figs-merism	Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου	1	Abel…Zechariah	Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2287	MAT	23	35	cbq9		Ζαχαρίου	1	Zechariah	This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
2288	MAT	23	35	s11l		ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	whom you killed	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
2289	MAT	23	36	ut4l		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2290	MAT	23	37	w23t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
2291	MAT	23	37	vne9	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2292	MAT	23	37	tz4r	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who are sent to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2293	MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her children. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2294	MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2295	MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2296	MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	“God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
2297	MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2298	MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2299	MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!	Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9. Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2300	MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		Matthew 24 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Special concepts in this chapter “The end of the age” In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) The example of Noah In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Let” The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
2301	MAT	24	1	dh7u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
2302	MAT	24	1	ke79	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	from the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2303	MAT	24	2	mh5y	figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Do you not see all these things?	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2304	MAT	24	2	fnv8		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2305	MAT	24	2	l45q	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly one stone will not be left on another here, that will not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2306	MAT	24	3	e1is	figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?	Here “your coming” refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2307	MAT	24	4	s64s	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Be careful that no one leads you astray	Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2308	MAT	24	5	lq71	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	many will come in my name	Here “name” refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2309	MAT	24	5	twh8	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	will lead many astray	Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2310	MAT	24	6	hdz3	figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	See that you are not troubled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2311	MAT	24	7	ygf2	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2312	MAT	24	8	q4gl	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	the beginning of birth pains	This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2313	MAT	24	9	u5e6		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you	“people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
2314	MAT	24	9	uw1i	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	You will be hated by all the nations	Here “nations” is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2315	MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for my name’s sake	Here “name” refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2316	MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will rise up	“Rise” here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2317	MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and lead many astray	Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2318	MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will increase	The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2319	MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2320	MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, he will be saved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2321	MAT	24	13	l1pp		ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	the…who endures	“the person who stays faithful”
2322	MAT	24	13	ht34		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether the word “end” refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
2323	MAT	24	13	lra5		τέλος	1	the end	“the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
2324	MAT	24	14	x3e6	figs-metonymy	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	This good news of the kingdom will be preached	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2325	MAT	24	14	y65s	figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	all the nations	Here, “nations” stands for people. Alternate translation: “all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2326	MAT	24	15	mf1b	figs-activepassive	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2327	MAT	24	15	lz9p		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
2328	MAT	24	17	iv2j		ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	let him who is on the housetop	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
2329	MAT	24	19	kq12	figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	those who are with child	This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2330	MAT	24	19	f533		ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	“at that time”
2331	MAT	24	20	u4jb		ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	that your flight will not occur	“that you will not have to flee” or “that you will not have to run away”
2332	MAT	24	20	m6mx		χειμῶνος	1	the winter	“the cold season”
2333	MAT	24	22	vd3z	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved	This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten the time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2334	MAT	24	22	r9qw	figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	flesh	“people.” Here, “flesh” is poetic way of saying all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2335	MAT	24	22	p6m8	figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	those days will be shortened	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2336	MAT	24	23	avv5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
2337	MAT	24	23	avm2		μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	do not believe it	“do not believe the false things they have said to you”
2338	MAT	24	24	n744		ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect	Here “lead astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2339	MAT	24	26	fmx1	figs-quotations	ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ	1	if they say to you, ‘Look, he is in the wilderness,’ do not	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2340	MAT	24	26	zxg2	figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Or, ‘See, he is in the inner rooms,’	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2341	MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	in the inner rooms	“in a secret room” or “in secret places”
2342	MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται…οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	as the lightning shines out…so will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2343	MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2344	MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever a dead animal is, there the vultures will gather	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. Possible meanings are (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2345	MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
2346	MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	“as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
2347	MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	“that time of suffering”
2348	MAT	24	29	zuk4	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2349	MAT	24	29	w1bi	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2350	MAT	24	30	yc2x	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2351	MAT	24	30	tld8	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	all the tribes	Here “tribes” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2352	MAT	24	31	fl54		ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet	“He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
2353	MAT	24	31	rlb4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ	1	He will send…his	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2354	MAT	24	31	wi28		ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	they will gather together	“his angels will gather”
2355	MAT	24	31	iq8c		τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	his elect	These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
2356	MAT	24	31	ibw7	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from one end of the sky to the other end of it	Both of these mean the same thing. They are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2357	MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2358	MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the very gates	“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2359	MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2360	MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation will certainly not pass away	Here “pass away” is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2361	MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
2362	MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all of these things will have happened	“until God causes all these things to happen”
2363	MAT	24	34	r6sk		παρέλθῃ	1	will…pass away	“disappear” or “someday no longer exist”
2364	MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	Heaven and the earth will pass away	The words “heaven” and “earth” are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2365	MAT	24	35	e6bf	figs-metonymy	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	my words will never pass away	Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2366	MAT	24	36	q4pj	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	that day and hour	Here “day” and “hour” refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2367	MAT	24	36	wq5r		οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	nor the Son	“not even the Son”
2368	MAT	24	36	p5vu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2369	MAT	24	36	f4s2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2370	MAT	24	37	hf51		ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	For as the days of Noah were, so will be the coming of the Son of Man	“At the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
2371	MAT	24	37	cpn8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2372	MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they knew nothing	This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The people did not realize anything was happening”
2373	MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—so will be the coming of the Son of Man	This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
2374	MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
2375	MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This is when the Son of Man comes.
2376	MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one will be taken, and one will be left	Possible meanings are (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2377	MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because what I have just said is true”
2378	MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be on your guard	“pay attention”
2379	MAT	24	43	ak6a	figs-parables	ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης,…διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	that if the master of the house…his house to be broken into	Jesus uses a parable of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2380	MAT	24	43	ki5s	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	the thief	Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2381	MAT	24	43	zs23		ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	he would have been on guard	“he would have guarded his house”
2382	MAT	24	43	lg7i	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	would not have allowed his house to be broken into	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2383	MAT	24	44	gd17	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2384	MAT	24	45	jua3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
2385	MAT	24	45	f92d	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν…ἐν καιρῷ?	1	So who is the faithful and wise servant whom…at the right time?	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master…time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master…time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2386	MAT	24	45	lf8d		τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	to give them their food	“give the people in the master’s home their food”
2387	MAT	24	47	lin7		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2388	MAT	24	48	ek9x	writing-proverbs		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2389	MAT	24	48	f9ft	figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	says in his heart	Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2390	MAT	24	48	per6	figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	My master has been delayed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2391	MAT	24	50	bz5k	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2392	MAT	24	51	jj2z	figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	He will cut him in pieces	This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2393	MAT	24	51	pm18		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	assign his place with the hypocrites	“put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
2394	MAT	24	51	rwd5	translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	there will be weeping and grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2395	MAT	25	intro	qe8a			0		Matthew 25 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the ten virgins Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins (Matthew 25:1-13) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
2396	MAT	25	1	em28	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2397	MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of heaven will be like	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2398	MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
2399	MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Five of them	“Five of the virgins”
2400	MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take any oil with them	“had with them only the oil in their lamps”
2401	MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2402	MAT	25	5	pvh4	figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου	1	while the bridegroom was delayed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2403	MAT	25	5	qf4b		ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	they all got sleepy	“all ten virgins got sleepy”
2404	MAT	25	6	ufp2		κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	there was a cry	“someone shouted”
2405	MAT	25	7	a3mz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2406	MAT	25	7	ni6u		ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	trimmed their lamps	“adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
2407	MAT	25	8	tsh4	figs-nominaladj	αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	The foolish said to the wise	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2408	MAT	25	8	i1r7	figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	our lamps are going out	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2409	MAT	25	10	q6q9	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2410	MAT	25	10	rfh6		ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	While they went away	“the five foolish virgins went away”
2411	MAT	25	10	jej8	figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	to buy	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2412	MAT	25	10	t229		αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	those who were ready	These are the virgins who had extra oil.
2413	MAT	25	10	g29i	figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	the door was shut	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2414	MAT	25	11	e5pz	figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	open for us	This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2415	MAT	25	12	z5u1		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
2416	MAT	25	12	h4a8		οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	I do not know you	“I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.
2417	MAT	25	13	hn7w	figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day or the hour	Here “day” and “hour” refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2418	MAT	25	14	cn21	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2419	MAT	25	14	zqi2		ὥσπερ	1	it is like	The word “it” here refers to the kingdom of heaven (Matthew 13:24).
2420	MAT	25	14	wv71		ἀποδημῶν	1	going on a journey	“was ready to go” or “was to go soon”
2421	MAT	25	14	vhw1		παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	gave them his wealth	“put them in charge of his wealth”
2422	MAT	25	14	fmb3		τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his wealth	“his property”
2423	MAT	25	15	i81u	translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	five talents	“five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A “talent” of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2424	MAT	25	15	vyj2	figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο…ἕν	1	to another he gave two…he gave one talent	The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold…gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold…gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2425	MAT	25	15	d87u	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	according to his own ability	The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2426	MAT	25	16	qkr2		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	made another five talents	“out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
2427	MAT	25	17	m2l8	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2428	MAT	25	17	u4vs		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	gained another two	“earned another two talents”
2429	MAT	25	19	ik5q	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2430	MAT	25	19	vc9p		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2431	MAT	25	20	adz4		πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I have made five talents more	“I have earned five more talents”
2432	MAT	25	20	ttf7	translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	talents	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2433	MAT	25	21	l5mg		εὖ	1	Well done	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
2434	MAT	25	21	d2s9	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2435	MAT	25	22	yhi1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2436	MAT	25	22	n2xc		δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I have made two more talents	“I have earned two more talents”
2437	MAT	25	23	hsb6		εὖ	1	Well done	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21.
2438	MAT	25	23	plv7	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2439	MAT	25	24	ial6	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2440	MAT	25	24	m8an	figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	You reap where you did not sow, and you harvest where you did not scatter	The words “reap where you did not sow” and “harvest where you did not scatter” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2441	MAT	25	24	au9f		διεσκόρπισας	1	scatter	“scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
2442	MAT	25	25	wl5c		ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	See, you have here what belongs to you	“Look, here is what is yours”
2443	MAT	25	26	hj83	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2444	MAT	25	26	l3jz		πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	You wicked and lazy servant, you knew	“You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew”
2445	MAT	25	26	he3h	figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered	The words “reap where I have not sowed” and “harvest where I have not scattered” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:24, where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2446	MAT	25	27	rhg9	figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	would have received back my money	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2447	MAT	25	27	n7jd		τόκῳ	1	interest	payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money
2448	MAT	25	28	qm6x	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2449	MAT	25	28	paw8		ἄρατε οὖν…τὸ τάλαντον	1	take away the talent	The master is speaking to other servants.
2450	MAT	25	28	b1ge	translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	the talent	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2451	MAT	25	29	e5py	figs-explicit	τῷ…ἔχοντι	1	to everyone who possesses	It is implied that the person who possesses something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2452	MAT	25	29	r7lv		καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	even more abundantly	“even much more”
2453	MAT	25	29	pcr5	figs-explicit	τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος	1	from anyone who does not possess anything	It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “from anyone does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2454	MAT	25	29	mdc1	figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	will be taken away	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2455	MAT	25	30	c2vb	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2456	MAT	25	30	zy3k	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2457	MAT	25	31	qtg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
2458	MAT	25	31	e7um	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2459	MAT	25	32	f2w9	figs-activepassive	καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Before him will be gathered all the nations	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will gather all the nations before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2460	MAT	25	32	kd14		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	Before him	“In front of him”
2461	MAT	25	32	ndf5	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	all the nations	Here “nations” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2462	MAT	25	32	nk18	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats	Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2463	MAT	25	33	pbq9	figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2464	MAT	25	34	t8pp	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς…δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ	1	the King…his right hand	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2465	MAT	25	34	ze81	figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Come, you who have been blessed by my Father	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2466	MAT	25	34	h2k9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2467	MAT	25	34	b57r	figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2468	MAT	25	34	yj1p	figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2469	MAT	25	34	cdi8		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	“since he first created the world”
2470	MAT	25	37	yh3p	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2471	MAT	25	37	cs5d	figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	Or thirsty	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2472	MAT	25	38	h52x	figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν	1	Or naked	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2473	MAT	25	40	m6mi	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	the King	This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2474	MAT	25	40	i2aq		ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	say to them	“say to those at his right hand”
2475	MAT	25	40	mhe2		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
2476	MAT	25	40	acs3		ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	one of the least	“one of the least important”
2477	MAT	25	40	nh4y	figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	these brothers of mine	Here “brothers” refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2478	MAT	25	40	k4hb		ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	you did it for me	“I consider that you did it for me”
2479	MAT	25	41	z1nh	figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ	1	Then he will say	“Then the King will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2480	MAT	25	41	pr8n		κατηραμένοι	1	you cursed	“you people whom God has cursed”
2481	MAT	25	41	hqf5	figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	the eternal fire that has been prepared	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the eternal fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2482	MAT	25	41	g51u		τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ	1	his angels	his helpers
2483	MAT	25	43	g6ec	figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	naked, but you did not clothe me	The words “I was” preceding “naked” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2484	MAT	25	43	tq4x	figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	sick and in prison	The words “I was” preceding “sick” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2485	MAT	25	44	f3dc			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 23:1, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
2486	MAT	25	44	zyc5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
2487	MAT	25	44	hiy6		ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	they will also answer	“those on his left will also answer”
2488	MAT	25	45	nm2e		ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least of these	“for any of the least important ones of my people”
2489	MAT	25	45	whu5		οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	you did not do for me	“I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
2490	MAT	25	46	m6me		καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	These will go away into eternal punishment	“The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
2491	MAT	25	46	nj72	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν	1	but the righteous into eternal life	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2492	MAT	25	46	kq5b	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	This nominative adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2493	MAT	26	intro	mtq8			0		Matthew 26 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Sheep Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In Matthew 26:31, however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested. Passover The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live. The eating of the body and blood Matthew 26:26-28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Judas’ kiss for Jesus Matthew 26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other. “I am able to destroy the temple of God” Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (Matthew 26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).
2494	MAT	26	1	t5mz			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
2495	MAT	26	1	i35c		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	It came about that when	“After” or “Then, after.” This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next.
2496	MAT	26	1	xiv4		πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	all these words	This refers to all that Jesus taught starting in Matthew 24:3.
2497	MAT	26	2	g4lh	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	the Son of Man will be delivered up to be crucified	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2498	MAT	26	2	r9px	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2499	MAT	26	3	wew3	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	These verses give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2500	MAT	26	3	eps8	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	were gathered together	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2501	MAT	26	4	hi4x		τὸν Ἰησοῦν δόλῳ	1	Jesus stealthily	“Jesus secretly”
2502	MAT	26	5	u4fh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the feast	What the leaders did not want to do during the feast can be made clearer. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2503	MAT	26	5	s9p7		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	the feast	This is the yearly Passover feast.
2504	MAT	26	6	v2up			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
2505	MAT	26	6	zq3j		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2506	MAT	26	6	hg3s	figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	Simon the leper	It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2507	MAT	26	7	ukb9		ἀνακειμένου	1	he was reclining at table	“Jesus was lying on his side.” You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat.
2508	MAT	26	7	yxf8		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	a woman came to him	“a woman came to Jesus”
2509	MAT	26	7	bhs8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2510	MAT	26	7	yu67		μύρου	1	ointment	oil that has a pleasing smell
2511	MAT	26	7	ea5e		κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	she poured it upon his head	The woman does this to honor Jesus.
2512	MAT	26	8	vit4	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	What is the reason for this waste?	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2513	MAT	26	9	y83e	figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	This could have been sold for a large amount and given	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2514	MAT	26	9	f76h	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	Here “the poor” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2515	MAT	26	10	pfv1	figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Why are you causing trouble for this woman?	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2516	MAT	26	10	fg3v	figs-you	παρέχετε	1	are you causing	All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2517	MAT	26	11	wsp9	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2518	MAT	26	12	vk5w		τὸ μύρον	1	ointment	This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in Matthew 26:7.
2519	MAT	26	13	xs1w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2520	MAT	26	13	g45l	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	wherever this good news is preached	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2521	MAT	26	13	s12m	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	what this woman has done will also be spoken of in memory of her	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2522	MAT	26	14	i3dy			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
2523	MAT	26	15	es4b		κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	if I betray him to you	“to bring Jesus to you”
2524	MAT	26	15	x7zx		τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money.
2525	MAT	26	15	lyl7	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	“30 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2526	MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	to betray him	“to give him over to them”
2527	MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
2528	MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2529	MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	He said, “Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2530	MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	Possible meanings are (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”
2531	MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	Possible meanings are (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2532	MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I will keep the Passover	“eat the Passover meal” or “celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal”
2533	MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined to eat	Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
2534	MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2535	MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2536	MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2537	MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will go	Here “go” is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2538	MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2539	MAT	26	24	hai5	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2540	MAT	26	25	vpq1	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Surely it is not I, Rabbi?	“Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2541	MAT	26	25	y9lk	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2542	MAT	26	26	qh16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
2543	MAT	26	26	mr5u		λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	took…blessed…broke	See how you translated these words in Matthew 14:19.
2544	MAT	26	27	jd53		καὶ λαβὼν	1	He took	Translate “took” as you did in Matthew 14:19.
2545	MAT	26	27	tn39	figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	a cup	Here “cup” refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2546	MAT	26	27	zb1i		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	gave it to them	“gave it to the disciples”
2547	MAT	26	27	a9me		πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Drink from it	“Drink the wine from this cup”
2548	MAT	26	28	l55a		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	For this is my blood	“For this wine is my blood”
2549	MAT	26	28	ct81		τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης	1	blood of the covenant	“blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
2550	MAT	26	28	bms3	figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	is poured out	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2551	MAT	26	29	l556		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2552	MAT	26	29	h85b	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	the fruit of the vine	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2553	MAT	26	29	q8zs	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s kingdom	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2554	MAT	26	29	m9vq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father’s	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2555	MAT	26	30	nzy2			0	General Information:	In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
2556	MAT	26	30	nkw2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
2557	MAT	26	30	ed5k		καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	When they had sung a hymn	a song of praise to God
2558	MAT	26	31	v8yl		σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	“leave me”
2559	MAT	26	31	iap6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	for it is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2560	MAT	26	31	u1t5	figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	I will strike	Here “I” refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2561	MAT	26	31	mc1e	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the shepherd…the sheep of the flock	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2562	MAT	26	31	rvk1	figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the sheep of the flock will be scattered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2563	MAT	26	32	pj2u	figs-activepassive	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	after I am raised up	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2564	MAT	26	33	m2un		σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	fall away	See how you translated this in Matthew 26:31.
2565	MAT	26	34	sf9x		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2566	MAT	26	34	ui4y	figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	before the rooster crows	Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word “rooster” in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2567	MAT	26	34	lx5i		ἀλέκτορα	1	rooster	a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
2568	MAT	26	34	h66w		φωνῆσαι	1	crows	This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
2569	MAT	26	34	b2rh		τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	you will deny me three times	“you will say three times that you are not my follower”
2570	MAT	26	36	lm3n			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
2571	MAT	26	37	ny4m		ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	began to become sorrowful	“he became very sad”
2572	MAT	26	38	gf7k	figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is deeply sorrowful	Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2573	MAT	26	38	c43t	figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to death	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2574	MAT	26	39	kcz4	figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	fell on his face	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2575	MAT	26	39	nuv7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2576	MAT	26	39	f254	figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	let this cup pass from me	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word “cup” is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2577	MAT	26	39	i7rr	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	Here “cup” is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2578	MAT	26	39	k5in	figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Yet, not as I will, but as you will	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2579	MAT	26	40	ev7s	figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι	1	he said to Peter, “So, could you not watch	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the “you” is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2580	MAT	26	40	c11a	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	So, could you not watch with me for one hour?	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2581	MAT	26	41	buv4	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	you do not enter into temptation	Here the abstract noun “temptation” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2582	MAT	26	41	ny5w	figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Here “spirit” is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. “Flesh” stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2583	MAT	26	42	pz9l		ἀπελθὼν	1	He went away	“Jesus went away”
2584	MAT	26	42	tqp8	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2585	MAT	26	42	ch7t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2586	MAT	26	42	b6cn	figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	if this cannot pass away unless I drink it	“if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2587	MAT	26	42	td6g	figs-metaphor	εἰ…τοῦτο	1	if this	Here “this” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2588	MAT	26	42	i135	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	unless I drink it	“unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here “it” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2589	MAT	26	42	xsk1	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	your will be done	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2590	MAT	26	43	lts9	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	their eyes were heavy	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2591	MAT	26	44	v3i9	translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	a third time	The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2592	MAT	26	45	vvp9	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2593	MAT	26	45	rw3r	figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour is approaching	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2594	MAT	26	45	g9hi	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2595	MAT	26	45	ell4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2596	MAT	26	45	g9eb	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	is being betrayed into the hands of sinners	Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2597	MAT	26	45	yx8v		ἰδοὺ	1	Look	“Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2598	MAT	26	47	hsv7			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
2599	MAT	26	47	rlp9		καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	“While Jesus was still speaking”
2600	MAT	26	47	e26h		ξύλων	1	clubs	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
2601	MAT	26	48	qb4y	writing-background	δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν	1	Now…Seize him	Here “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2602	MAT	26	48	gw8m	figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	saying, “Whomever I kiss, he is the one. Seize him.”	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2603	MAT	26	48	m23z		ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Whomever I kiss	“The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
2604	MAT	26	48	nr34		φιλήσω	1	I kiss	This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
2605	MAT	26	49	uig8		προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	he came up to Jesus	“Judas came up to Jesus”
2606	MAT	26	49	cyb7		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	“met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus.
2607	MAT	26	50	w3d6		τότε προσελθόντες	1	Then they came	Here “they” refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
2608	MAT	26	50	vmd1		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	laid hands on Jesus, and seized him	“grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
2609	MAT	26	51	vm6s		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2610	MAT	26	52	tj6n	figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who take up the sword	The word “sword” is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2611	MAT	26	52	w357		μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	the sword will perish by the sword	“sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
2612	MAT	26	53	kgx8	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι…ἀγγέλων	1	Or do you think that I could not call upon…angels?	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call…angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2613	MAT	26	53	eb7i	figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	do you think	Here “you” is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2614	MAT	26	53	g3zq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2615	MAT	26	53	tfw8	translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	more than twelve legions of angels	The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2616	MAT	26	54	teq5	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2617	MAT	26	55	yf4p	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber?	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2618	MAT	26	55	q9vq		ξύλων	1	clubs	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
2619	MAT	26	55	e8dq	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2620	MAT	26	56	ygn7	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2621	MAT	26	56	i2jp		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	left him	If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
2622	MAT	26	57	f6nj			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
2623	MAT	26	58	jui3		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	But Peter followed him	“Peter followed Jesus”
2624	MAT	26	58	isd4		τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	the courtyard of the high priest	an open area near the high priest’s house
2625	MAT	26	58	v8th		καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	He went inside	“Peter went inside”
2626	MAT	26	59	i8jw		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2627	MAT	26	59	jwz5		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Here “they” refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
2628	MAT	26	59	u6v9		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	“might have a reason to execute him”
2629	MAT	26	60	m6n5		προσελθόντες δύο	1	two came forward	“two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”
2630	MAT	26	61	a8lf	writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι…διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	This man said, ‘I am able to destroy…rebuild it in three days.’	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy…days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2631	MAT	26	61	i5n4		οὗτος ἔφη	1	This man said	“This man Jesus said”
2632	MAT	26	61	mbq1		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	“within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
2633	MAT	26	62	v6j9		τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	What is it that they are testifying against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
2634	MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2635	MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in Matthew 16:16.
2636	MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2637	MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I tell you, from now on you will see	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2638	MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	Possible meanings are (1) the phrase “from now on” is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) the phrase “from now on” means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
2639	MAT	26	64	b6cb	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2640	MAT	26	64	p5px	figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	Here “Power” is metonym that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2641	MAT	26	64	urp9		ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	coming on the clouds of heaven	“riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
2642	MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	the high priest tore his clothes	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2643	MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in Matthew 26:64 as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2644	MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still need witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2645	MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here “you” is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2646	MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
2647	MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This was done as an insult.
2648	MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here “Prophesy to us” means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
2649	MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2650	MAT	26	69	bsb3			0	General Information:	These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
2651	MAT	26	69	h5ts			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
2652	MAT	26	69	y21l		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2653	MAT	26	70	sp1t		οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are talking about	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
2654	MAT	26	71	ief5		ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	When he went out	“When Peter went out”
2655	MAT	26	71	gyw8		τὸν πυλῶνα	1	the gateway	opening in the wall around a courtyard
2656	MAT	26	71	s7c4		λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	said to those there	“said to the people who were sitting there”
2657	MAT	26	72	e5xl		καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	He again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!”	“he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
2658	MAT	26	73	hde3		ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	“one of those who were with Jesus”
2659	MAT	26	73	w8ww		γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	for your speech gives you away	This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
2660	MAT	26	74	edd8		καταθεματίζειν	1	to curse	“to call down a curse on himself”
2661	MAT	26	74	w87b		ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	a rooster crowed	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in Matthew 26:34.
2662	MAT	26	75	nx3j	figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	Then Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.”	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2663	MAT	27	intro	deu4			0		Matthew 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Delivered him to Pilate the governor” The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” (Matthew 27:29) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2664	MAT	27	1	hvr4			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
2665	MAT	27	1	qe1s		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2666	MAT	27	1	cm46	figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	plotted against Jesus to put him to death	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2667	MAT	27	3	vzf9	figs-events		0	General Information:	This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
2668	MAT	27	3	bk8i			0	Connecting Statement:	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
2669	MAT	27	3	qm12		τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας	1	Then when Judas saw	If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
2670	MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that Jesus had been condemned	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2671	MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the thirty pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in Matthew 26:15.
2672	MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2673	MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2674	MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	he threw down the pieces of silver in the temple	Possible meanings are (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
2675	MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	“Our laws do not allow us to put this”
2676	MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	“put this silver”
2677	MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2678	MAT	27	6	j2l8	figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	the price of blood	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2679	MAT	27	7	mtg6		τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	the potter’s field	This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
2680	MAT	27	8	nts8	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	that field has been called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2681	MAT	27	8	ag2n		ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	to this day	This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
2682	MAT	27	9	g1gc			0	General Information:	The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
2683	MAT	27	9	rj3u	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2684	MAT	27	9	t1dj	figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the price set on him by the sons of Israel	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2685	MAT	27	9	d7l7	figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the sons of Israel	This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2686	MAT	27	10	c2ch		συνέταξέν μοι	1	had directed me	Here “me” refers to Jeremiah.
2687	MAT	27	11	pjc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in Matthew 27:2.
2688	MAT	27	11	we3a		δὲ	1	Now	If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
2689	MAT	27	11	a2e7		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	“Pilate”
2690	MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2691	MAT	27	12	vl3a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2692	MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear all the charges against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2693	MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	did not answer him even one charge, so that the governor was greatly amazed	“did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
2694	MAT	27	15	jjp8	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in Matthew 27:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2695	MAT	27	15	p1ha		ἑορτὴν	1	the feast	This is the feast for the Passover celebration.
2696	MAT	27	15	pfk6	figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2697	MAT	27	16	q2iu		εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	they had a notorious prisoner	“there was a notorious prisoner”
2698	MAT	27	16	svr2		ἐπίσημον	1	notorious	well known for doing something bad
2699	MAT	27	17	d8hv	figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν	1	when they were gathered together	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2700	MAT	27	17	wrl3	figs-activepassive	Ἰησοῦν, τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	Jesus who is called Christ	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2701	MAT	27	18	jq3c		παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	they had handed Jesus over to him	“the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him.” They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
2702	MAT	27	19	t3mx		καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	But while he was sitting	“While Pilate was sitting”
2703	MAT	27	19	s5pc		καθημένου…ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	was sitting on the judgment seat	“sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
2704	MAT	27	19	w4i8		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent word	“sent a message”
2705	MAT	27	19	an95		πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	I have suffered much today	“I have been very upset today”
2706	MAT	27	20	ax1i	writing-background	δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	Now…but have Jesus killed	Here “now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2707	MAT	27	20	et2m	figs-activepassive	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	but have Jesus killed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2708	MAT	27	21	x6vf		εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	“asked the crowd”
2709	MAT	27	22	zl85	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2710	MAT	27	23	m5jm		ἐποίησεν	1	has he done	“has Jesus done”
2711	MAT	27	23	nb7p		οἱ…ἔκραζον	1	they cried out	“the crowd cried out”
2712	MAT	27	24	yj8t	translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	washed his hands in front of the crowd	Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2713	MAT	27	24	u1fe	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	the blood	Here “blood” refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2714	MAT	27	24	de8w		ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	See to it yourselves	“This is your responsibility”
2715	MAT	27	25	n5k1	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	May his blood be on us and our children	Here “blood” is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase “be on us and our children” is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2716	MAT	27	26	yb5y		τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Then he released Barabbas to them	“Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
2717	MAT	27	26	m63d	figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
2718	MAT	27	26	y3kf		τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	he scourged Jesus	“beat Jesus with a whip” or “whipped Jesus”
2719	MAT	27	27	zz45			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
2720	MAT	27	27	bn22		τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the company of soldiers	“group of soldiers”
2721	MAT	27	28	nx81		καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	They stripped him	“pulled off his clothes”
2722	MAT	27	28	qsz5		κοκκίνην	1	scarlet	bright red
2723	MAT	27	29	yw94		στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	a crown of thorns	“a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
2724	MAT	27	29	dlz7		κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	a staff in his right hand	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
2725	MAT	27	29	qf8j	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2726	MAT	27	29	gf6a		χαῖρε	1	Hail	“We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
2727	MAT	27	30	ib5q		καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	They spat on him	“using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
2728	MAT	27	32	j5wq	figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	As they came out	This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “As they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2729	MAT	27	32	ies4		εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	they found a man	“the soldiers saw a man”
2730	MAT	27	32	sfj2		τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	whom they forced to go with them so that he might carry his cross	“whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
2731	MAT	27	33	j6hb	figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	a place called Golgotha	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2732	MAT	27	34	f11j	figs-activepassive	αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	him wine to drink mixed with gall	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “him wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2733	MAT	27	34	e2uk		χολῆς	1	gall	the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion
2734	MAT	27	35	a1y1	figs-explicit	τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	his garments	These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2735	MAT	27	37	j4s4		τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	the charge against him	“a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
2736	MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	Then two robbers were crucified with him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2737	MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2738	MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2739	MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2740	MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others, but he cannot save himself	Possible meanings are (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2741	MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him “King of Israel,” but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2742	MAT	27	43	w46n			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
2743	MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2744	MAT	27	43	uw85	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ…Υἱός	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2745	MAT	27	44	e26y	figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	the robbers who were crucified with him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2746	MAT	27	45	e7z4		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2747	MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	from the sixth hour…until the ninth hour	“from about noon…for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday…until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
2748	MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness came over the whole land	The word “darkness” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2749	MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	“Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
2750	MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2751	MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
2752	MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
2753	MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	“gave it to Jesus”
2754	MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	gave up his spirit	Here “spirit” refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2755	MAT	27	51	w1wq			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
2756	MAT	27	51	a92g		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2757	MAT	27	51	m1ic	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	the curtain of the temple was split in two	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2758	MAT	27	52	a1cu	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	The tombs were opened, and the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2759	MAT	27	52	kj3r	figs-idiom	σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into to the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2760	MAT	27	52	hgn1	figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	who had fallen asleep	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2761	MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ…ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	They came out…appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
2762	MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2763	MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ…τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those who were watching Jesus	“those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2764	MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2765	MAT	27	56	ud33		ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	the mother of the sons of Zebedee	“the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
2766	MAT	27	57	wm5z			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
2767	MAT	27	57	sy9y	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2768	MAT	27	58	c69n	figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	Then Pilate ordered it to be given to him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2769	MAT	27	59	kj7u		σινδόνι	1	a linen cloth	a fine, costly cloth
2770	MAT	27	60	hvs8	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	that he had cut into the rock	It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2771	MAT	27	60	lt4k	figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	Then he rolled a large stone	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2772	MAT	27	61	ihr8		ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	opposite the tomb	“across from the tomb”
2773	MAT	27	62	qj59		τὴν παρασκευήν	1	the Preparation	This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
2774	MAT	27	62	j57n		συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	were gathered together with Pilate	“met with Pilate”
2775	MAT	27	63	sc6y		ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν	1	when that deceiver was alive	“when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive”
2776	MAT	27	63	ri5s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	he said, ‘After three days will I rise again.’	This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2777	MAT	27	64	b8n2	figs-activepassive	κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	command that the tomb be made secure	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2778	MAT	27	64	hbh8	translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	the third day	(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2779	MAT	27	64	pwc8		ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	his disciples may come and steal him	“his disciples may come and steal his body”
2780	MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	his disciples may come…say to the people, ‘He has risen from the dead,’ and	This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “his disciples may…tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2781	MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
2782	MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2783	MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
2784	MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	sealing the stone	Possible meanings are (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
2785	MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	placing the guard	“telling the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
2786	MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		Matthew 28 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. “Make disciples” The last two verses (Matthew 28:19-20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter An angel of the Lord Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
2787	MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
2788	MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Now late on the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week	“After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
2789	MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2790	MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	“the other woman named Mary.” This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph (Matthew 27:56).
2791	MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2792	MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς…ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended…rolled away the stone	Possible meanings are (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .
2793	MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς	1	earthquake	a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
2794	MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	His appearance	“The angel’s appearance”
2795	MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2796	MAT	28	3	i4hp	figs-simile	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing as white as snow	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2797	MAT	28	4	b1ic	figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	became like dead men	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2798	MAT	28	5	q8dd		ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	the women	“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
2799	MAT	28	5	tbd8	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	who has been crucified	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2800	MAT	28	7	sp2a	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε	1	tell his disciples, ‘He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2801	MAT	28	7	r5cw		ἠγέρθη	1	He has risen	“He has come back to life”
2802	MAT	28	7	a1ir		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
2803	MAT	28	7	ljb2	figs-you	προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε	1	going ahead of you…you will see him	Here “you” is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2804	MAT	28	7	hf9i	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	I have told you	Here “you” is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2805	MAT	28	8	j2sv		καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι	1	They left	“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
2806	MAT	28	9	s393		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2807	MAT	28	9	n5sz		χαίρετε	1	Greetings	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
2808	MAT	28	9	nmg1		ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	took hold of his feet	“got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
2809	MAT	28	10	etk6		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	my brothers	This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
2810	MAT	28	11	u1ae			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
2811	MAT	28	11	ktu5		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2812	MAT	28	11	mu4l		αὐτῶν	1	They	Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
2813	MAT	28	11	rnr3		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2814	MAT	28	12	ht82		συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	discussed the matter with them	“decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
2815	MAT	28	13	kn8i	writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	Say, ‘His disciples came…while we were sleeping.’	If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came…while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2816	MAT	28	14	n8xy		καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If this report reaches the governor	“If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
2817	MAT	28	14	u13q		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	“Pilate” (Matthew 27:2)
2818	MAT	28	14	x57k		ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble	“do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
2819	MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	did as they had been instructed	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2820	MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	“Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
2821	MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
2822	MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
2823	MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
2824	MAT	28	17	xgr5	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	but some doubted	It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2825	MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	All authority has been given to me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2826	MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2827	MAT	28	19	yz6q	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	of all the nations	Here “nations” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2828	MAT	28	19	l5b5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	into the name	Here “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2829	MAT	28	19	kwa3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	the Father…the Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2830	MAT	28	20	mz6f		ἰδοὺ	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2831	MAT	28	20	si8z		ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	even to the end of the age	“until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”